1 Fri Jul 19 18:56:14 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
3 * cse.c (canon_reg): Allow for recursive call returning 0 (if we had
5 * sched.c (init_aliases_analysis): Ignore REG_EQUAL note when its value
7 * unroll.c (loop_iterations): Likewise.
9 * rs6000.md (andsi3): Fix typo in and-with-cc pattern.
11 Fri Jul 19 11:23:22 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
13 * toplev.c (set_target_switch): For TARGET_OPTIONS, set the
14 variable to the variable part of the actual option.
15 * tm-m88k.h, out-m88k.c: Change the use of m88k_short_data.
17 * varasm.c (output_constant_def): Merge get_or_assign_label and
18 delete it. Ensure that ENCODE_SEGMENT_INFO is evaluated before
21 Thu Jul 18 19:57:45 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
23 * expr.h (MUST_PASS_IN_STACK_BAD_PADDING): Definitions were backwards.
25 Thu Jul 18 17:52:46 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
27 * unroll.c: Fix typos in comments.
28 (splittable_regs_updates): New static global variable.
29 Indicates the number of instructions that modify a split biv
30 remaining during the last iteration of a loop, so that the last one
31 can be handled specially.
32 (unroll_loop): Allocate and clear it.
33 (copy_loop_body): Use it to determine how to rewrite an insn
35 (find_splittable_regs): When a splittable biv is identified, set it
36 equal to the number of insn modifying the biv.
37 (find_splittable_givs): When a splittable giv is identified, set
38 it to one if this giv is a reg.
40 * unroll.c (copy_loop_body): Instead of trying to special case
41 insns that use start_label, use the label_map to map the start
42 label to the appropriate label for all insns except those that
43 must be inverted and redirected. The former code did not handle
44 tablejumps that used the start_label correctly.
46 * integrate.c (copy_rtx_and_substitute): Don't legitimize an
47 address inside of an ADDRESS rtx. This fails, because this need
48 not be a validate address, but it is always valid in the context
51 Thu Jul 18 08:13:56 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
53 * toplev.c (set_target_switch): Support TARGET_OPTIONS for command
56 * varasm.c (output_constant_def): Set flags with
57 ENCODE_SEGMENT_INFO for strings and constructors.
58 * tm-mips.h (ENCODE_SEGMENT_INFO): Must be a VAR_DECL.
60 * out-m88k.c, tm-m88k.h, m88k.md: Implement a global pool approach
63 * m88k.md (extendsfdf2, truncdfsf2): Use fsub rather than fadd.
64 This conforms to IEEE 754 in all rounding modes except round to
65 negative infinity whereas fadd conforms only in that mode.
67 Thu Jul 18 01:01:37 1991 Eric Youngdale (youngdale at v6550c.nrl.navy.mil)
69 * make-cc1.com: Add command line to compile reg-stack.c, and add
70 reg-stack.obj to the list of files passed to the VMS linker.
72 Thu Jul 18 00:11:00 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
74 * Makefile.in (enquire.o): Need not depend on gnulib.
75 (gnulib2): Renamed from gnulib2.portable.
77 (gnulib2.portable): Just refers to gnulib2.
78 (gnulib1.portable): Don't do ranlib.
80 Wed Jul 17 11:19:09 1991 Michael Meissner (meissner at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
82 * Makefile.in (gcc): Do a -dumpspecs after building gcc so that -B./
83 will override any installed specs in /usr/local/lib.
84 (mostlyclean): Delete *.cpp files which are left if you use
87 Wed Jul 17 06:08:33 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
89 * combine.c (try_combine): When putting I2 and/or I1 into NEWPAT,
90 check for a PARALLEL; if so, just put in the relevant SET instead
91 of making a PARALLEL containing a PARALLEL.
93 Tue Jul 16 18:58:51 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
95 * combine.c (record_value_for_reg): Show we haven't seen the death
96 of a register once we have seen it modified.
98 * reload1.c (reload): If we decide to put a pseudo which used to have
99 a MEM equiv onto the stack, set SOMETHING_CHANGED and reprocess all
100 eliminations and pseudos without scanning the insns.
102 Tue Jul 16 13:17:14 1991 Michael Meissner (meissner at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
104 * cplus-decl.c (sigsegv): Make signal handler void for full
107 Tue Jul 16 12:25:18 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
109 * dbxout.c (dbxout_symbol): Ignore types with no names of any kind.
111 Tue Jul 16 07:12:52 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
113 * stmt.c (pushcase, pushcase_range): Return label in *DUPLICATE,
116 * rtlanal.c (reg_referenced_p, reg_overlap_mentioned_p): Allow X to
119 * combine.c (subst, case SET): Delete code to remove "unnecessary"
120 SUBREG; code was incorrect and this is done (corrected below) in
122 (simplify_comparison): Can only remove SUBREG for equality comparisons.
124 * expr.c (expand_expr, case COND_EXPR): If condition has side effects,
125 ensure we evaluate it before evaluating an arm of the COND_EXPR.
127 Mon Jul 15 21:59:36 1991 James Van Artsdalen (james at bigtex.cactus.org)
129 * rtl.h (FUNCTION_FLAGS_RETURNS_STRUCT): Fix typo in value.
131 Mon Jul 15 22:18:40 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
133 * cccp.c (main): Ignore CPATH if -nostdinc.
135 Mon Jul 15 22:00:02 1991 Michael Meissner (meissner at churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
137 * reload.c (find_reloads): Fix typo (reg_sets_p instead of
140 Mon Jul 15 21:49:09 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
142 * c-parse.y (stmt): Emit the nop for the start of a loop
143 only after the line number.
145 Mon Jul 15 16:50:51 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edn)
147 * rtlanal.c (reg_set_p): If we are passed an insn, only pass the
148 pattern to note_stores.
150 * local-alloc.c (validate_equiv_mem): A CALL_INSN invalidates all
153 Sun Jul 14 06:34:47 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.hyu.edu)
155 * cse.c (last_jump_equiv_class): New variable.
156 (record_jump_equiv): Set it.
157 (cse_insn): Clear it.
158 (cse_around_loop): Invalidate all entries in last_jump_equiv_class.
159 (cse_set_around_loop): Ensure our replacement is cheaper.
161 Sat Jul 13 17:15:30 1991 James Van Artsdalen (james at bigtex.cactus.org)
163 * cplus-decl.c (finish_enum): Fix typo in arguments for finish_decl.
164 * cplus-class.c (finish_struct): Likewise.
166 Fri Jul 12 16:45:02 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
168 * dbxout.c (dbxout_symbol): Don't crash when DECL_NAME is 0.
170 Fri Jul 12 15:38:24 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
172 * expr.c (do_tablejump): Don't write BARRIER between jump and table
173 if they must remain adjacent.
175 * varasm.c (make_decl_rtl): Set REG_USERVAR_P when register name
177 * integrate.c (subst_constants): Don't substitute for a user
178 variable assigned to a hard register.
180 * reload.c (find_reloads): Add new vars no_{input,output}_reloads to
181 indicate when the corresponding reload type is not permitted; reject
182 an alternative that would try such a reload.
183 * rs6000.md (decrement-and-branch): No longer need kludges to
184 avoid output reloads.
185 Use '0' instead of 'c' for input 1 in alternative 0.
186 Allow operand 0 to be in non-general register.
188 Fri Jul 12 10:54:39 1991 James Van Artsdalen (james at bigtex.cactus.org)
190 * c-decl.c (finish_struct, finish_enum): Fix typo in arguments for
193 * i386.md (bit test patterns): Delete bit tests using implicitly
194 masked bit number operand: the hardware doesn't work like that.
196 Fri Jul 12 09:50:43 1991 Michael Meissner (meissner at spiff.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
198 * tm-hp9k2bsd.h (toplevel): Remove RCS HISTORY log.
200 Thu Jul 11 00:46:48 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
202 * c-parse.y (yylex): Do try signed int for ANSI nondecimal constants.
204 * c-typeck.c (record_format_info): The first time, use xmalloc.
206 Wed Jul 10 18:54:26 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
208 * jump.c (jump_optimize): Fix typo in "if (...) x = a; else x = b;"
209 case: had temp3 instead of temp4.
211 * cplus-lex.c (lineno, end_of_file): Move definition to before
213 (reinit_parse_for_block): Variable `c' must be int to ensure EOF fits.
214 * cplus-input.c (getch): Remove extraneous declaration of end_of_file.
216 * reload1.c: Include insn-flags.h.
217 (emit_reload_insns): Handle the case where we reload an entire
218 address; use "reload_load_address" pattern, if it exists.
219 Remove explicit SImode reference; should have been Pmode, but
220 IN can be used instead of rebuilding it.
221 * Makefile.in (reload1.o): Includes insn-flags.h.
223 * reload.c (find_reloads): If replacing an output REG with a MEM,
224 write a CLOBBER for the REG after the insn.
225 * reload1.c (eliminate_regs): Add new arg INSN; if nonzero, add a
226 CLOBBER when replacing a REG in SET_DEST with a MEM.
227 (reload, eliminate_regs_in_insn): Add new arg to eliminate_regs.
228 * dwarfout.c (output_bound_representation, location_attribute):
231 * reload1.c (reload): If a reg_equiv_memory_loc isn't strictly valid
232 and isn't sufficiently simple, use a stack slot instead.
233 (alter_regs): Don't delete reg_equiv_init insns here.
234 (reload_as_needed): Do it here.
236 * stor-layout.c (get_best_mode): Correct test for alignment.
238 * loop.c (move_movables): Don't get confused by NOTE insns in gnulib
241 Wed Jul 10 18:40:32 1991 Matthew Self (mself at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
243 * cccp.c (enum node_type): Added T_WARNING.
245 * cccp.c (directive_table): Added #warning.
247 * cccp.c (do_warning): Print warning message and continue.
249 Wed Jul 10 18:38:28 1991 Matthew Self (mself at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
251 * c-parse.y, objc-parse.y (attrib): Pass "format" attribute
252 through. Takes one identifier and two constants as args.
253 identifier must be either printf or scanf.
255 * c-common.c (decl_attributes): Process "format" attributes.
256 Call new routine record_format_info().
258 * c-typeck.c (struct function_info): Changed function_ident field;
259 store identifier node rather than char * to speed lookup.
260 Renamed arg_num field to format_num. Replaced is_varargs field
261 with new first_arg_num field.
263 * c-typeck.c (check_format): Modified to use new arg_num and
264 first_arg_num fields.
266 * c-typeck.c (record_format_info): New routine. Replaces static
267 table of functions to check.
269 * cplus-typeck.c (record_format_info): New stub routine so c++
270 will link. Someone should implement format checking for c++.
272 * c-typeck.c (init_format_info_table): New routine to add
273 entries for ANSI functions to table.
275 * c-decl.c (init_decl_processing): Call init_format_info_table().
277 * c-typeck.c (build_function_call): Modified to use dynamic table
278 rather than static one. Compare identifier nodes rather than
281 * gcc.texinfo (): Document "format" attribute.
283 * c-typeck.c (check_format): Call warning() directly rather than
284 returning the warning string. This way we can give multiple warnings
285 by continuing. Several changes to make continuing safe.
287 * c-typeck.c (build_function_call): Incorporated changed return
288 value of check_format().
290 * c-typeck.c (check_format): Check for NULL format string.
292 Wed Jul 10 16:40:54 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
294 * sdbout.c (sdbout_tags): Delete this and use the TYPE_DECL
295 representation of tagged types. Types are now output in their
296 original lexical order.
297 (sdbout_symbol): Return early (only using sdbout_one_type) when a
298 tagged type is encountered.
299 (sdbout_block, sdbout_symbol): Don't use sdbout_tags.
300 * toplev.c (compile_file): Don't use sdbout_tags.
301 * varasm.c (assemble_function): Don't use sdbout_tags.
303 Wed Jul 10 15:13:33 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
305 * dbxout.c (dbxout_tags): Function deleted. Calls deleted too.
306 (dbxout_tagged_type): New function.
307 (dbxout_symbol): Call that.
308 * toplev.c (compile_file): Call to dbxout_tags deleted.
310 * c-parse.y (yylex): Simplify choice of type for integers.
311 When traditional, all integers are signed unless explicitly unsigned.
313 Wed Jul 10 13:35:27 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
315 * configure (m88k-svr4): Needs make-m88ksvr4.
316 * make-m88ksvr4: New file.
318 Wed Jul 10 13:18:03 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
320 * c-decl.c (duplicate_decls): Warn if `inline' is not consistent.
322 * cccp.c (hack_vms_include_specification): Fix typos.
324 Tue Jul 9 22:21:22 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
326 * loop.c (find_and_verify_loops): RETURN insns aren't listed in
327 loop_number_exit_labels, so don't try to remove JUMP_LABEL of a
328 RETURN from that list.
330 * rtlanal.c (reg_referenced_between_p): New function.
331 * jump.c (jump_optimize): Use it instead of reg_used_between_p when
332 checking for "if (...) x = a; else x = b;" case.
334 Tue Jul 9 13:03:53 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
336 * expr.c (move_block_to_reg): Don't force_const_mem on non-constant.
338 Tue Jul 9 09:13:32 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
340 * c-decl.c (finish_struct): Record tagged types as a TYPE_DECL
341 with a NULL DECL_NAME.
342 (finish_enum): Ditto.
343 * cplus-decl.c (finish_enum): Ditto.
344 * cplus-class.c (finish_struct): Ditto.
346 * dbxout.c (dbxout_symbol): Ignore TYPE_DECLs for tagged types.
347 * cplus-dbxout.c (dbxout_symbol): Ditto.
348 * sdbout.c (sdbout_symbol): Ditto.
350 * toplev.c (compile_file): DECL_NAME may be null.
352 * dwarfout.c (output_symbol): Use output_dies_for_tagged_type for
353 TYPE_DECLs of tagged types.
354 (dwarfout_output_tagged_type): Deleted.
355 (output_dies_for_tagged_type): Mark TREE_ASM_WRITTEN early.
357 Mon Jul 8 19:36:44 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
359 * jump.c (jump_optimize): Check for extra labels when detecting
360 "if (...) x = a; else x = b;". Include the insn for "x = a;" when
361 testing for data conflict.
363 Mon Jul 8 19:34:14 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
365 * integrate.c (copy_for_inline, case MEM): Must copy a MEM even if
366 it has a constant address if that address involves a LABEL_REF.
368 * rtlanal.c (reg_set_p): Only check for REG_INC notes and a CALL_INSN
369 if we are passed an insn.
370 * local-alloc.c (optimize_reg_copy): Remove tests now done in
373 Mon Jul 8 16:38:49 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
375 * c-parse.y (yylex): Pedantic warning here for `asm'.
376 No warning for `__asm__'.
377 (maybe_type_qual, maybeasm, extdef): No warning here.
379 * objc-actions.c: Rename OBJC_SELS_R_INTS to OBJC_INT_SELECTORS.
380 Rename OBJC_UNIQUE_SELS to OBJ_NONUNIQUE_SELECTORS, reversing sense.
381 Eliminate OBJC_SELS_R_STRUCT_PTRS.
383 Mon Jul 8 06:37:00 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
385 * rtlanal.c (reg_{used,set}_between_p): Allow FROM_INSN == TO_INSN;
386 return 0 in that case.
388 * jump.c (mark_jump_label): Fix typo in use of GET_RTX_LENGTH.
390 * reload.c (reload_strict_low): Change comment to say that this is
391 always zero; we don't use it any more.
393 Sun Jul 7 22:14:13 1991 Michael Meissner (meissner@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
395 * tm-mips.h (FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED): Fix typo that required a frame
396 if alloca was not called, instead of the reverse.
398 Sun Jul 7 17:14:17 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
400 * cccp.c (struct file_buf): New field system_header_p.
401 Everything that pushes on instack now initializes this field.
402 (finclude): New arg to set that field. Callers changed.
403 (do_include): Pass that arg as 1 for <...>, else 0.
405 * cccp.c (do_include): Warn for first use of #import
406 except in system header files.
407 (handle_directive): Support #import if compiling for Next.
409 * cccp.c (do_pragma): For #pragma once, warn it is obsolete.
411 Sun Jul 7 14:29:04 1991 James Van Artsdalen (james at bigtex.cactus.org)
413 * tm-att386.h (NO_DOLLAR_IN_LABEL): Define this here,
414 * tm-i386sco.h (NO_DOLLAR_IN_LABEL): not here.
416 Sun Jul 7 06:20:03 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
418 * rtlanal.c (reg_set_p): Return 1 if REG is found in a REG_INC
419 note or if INSN is a CALL_INSN and REG is a hard reg.
420 (reg_set_last): Only return a register or constant; if returning a
421 register, ensure it isn't modified between the SET we found and INSN.
423 * jump.c (jump_optimize): If SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES, don't make a
424 store-flag insn if any register involved is a hard reg.
426 Sat Jul 6 14:51:15 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
428 * expr.c (expand_assignment): Don't abort for volatile structure field
429 even if the structure is in a register.
430 NOTE: This leaves the problem of implementing whatever meaning
431 a volatile field should actually have.
433 * fold-const.c (div_and_round_double): Make lnum and lden unsigned.
434 Use the small-denominator algorithm only for denom < 2**24.
435 Fix backward conditionals in ?: operators in general case.
436 Change i + j to i - 1 + j when indexing num.
438 Fri Jul 5 21:36:57 1991 Ken Raeburn (raeburn at watch.com)
440 * genpeep.c (match_rtx, case MATCH_OP_DUP): Output semicolon after
443 Fri Jul 5 09:45:56 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
445 * rs6000.md (andsi3): Bias alternatives so we always prefer constants.
446 (define_splits of DImode, SFmode, and DFmode): Don't split
448 (ashldi3, lshrdi3): Fix bugs in instruction order; use & in
449 output constraint so can't conflict with operand 2; use '0'
450 constraint to allow operands 0 and 1 to be the same register.
452 * regclass.c (reg_n_sets): Move definition before use.
454 * reorg.c (fill_simple_delay_slots): Candidate for delay slot cannot
455 set anything set between it and the delay insn.
457 * jump.c (jump_optimize): In "if (...) x = a; else x = b;", correctly
458 specify range to check if X is used or set.
459 Use rtx_equal_p to check for matching X.
461 Thu Jul 4 15:55:45 1991 Tom Wood (wood at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
463 * cccp.c (default_include): Add /usr/mach/include for MACH systems.
465 * configure (m88k-luna): Needs make-m88kluna.
466 * make-m88kluna: New file.
468 * dwarf.h: New file derived from the UNIX International
469 Programming Languages Special Interest Group DWARF specification.
470 * dwarfout.c (includes): Include "dwarf.h".
471 (subscript_data_attribute): Use FMT_CODE to encode array subscripts.
472 (languagribute): LANG type no longer provided by dwarf.h.
473 (output_source_file_die): Determine proper language attribute.
475 Thu Jul 4 12:14:16 1991 James Van Artsdalen (james at bigtex.cactus.org)
477 * cplus-xref.c: define rindex if USG
479 Thu Jul 4 12:36:55 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
481 * gcc.c (process_command): Correctly split -L from its arg.
482 * SWITCHES_NEED_SPACES: New host machine option.
483 This really ought to be defined now for certain hosts,
484 but I don't know which ones they are.
486 Wed Jul 3 23:31:00 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
488 * tm-m68k.h (ASM_OUTPUT_FLOAT): Check CROSS_COMPILE (there was a typo).
490 Wed Jul 3 22:05:55 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
492 * cse.c (simplify_binary_operation, case MINUS): Fix typo in op number.
494 * cse.c (cse_basic_block): Correctly handle the case where TO
495 was a label with zero uses at the end of the function.
497 * combine.c (significant_valid): New variable.
498 (combine_instructions): Turn significant_valid off until after
499 we finished computing reg_significant.
500 (significant_bits): Ignore reg_significant when significant_valid
503 * rtlanal.c (reg_set_last): Go past CALL_INSN as long as we are not
504 looking for a hard register.
506 Wed Jul 3 21:07:18 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
508 * sched.c (schedule_block): When computing what registers are dead
509 at the end of the current block, correctly handle REG_DEAD notes
510 that refer to multi-word hard registers.
512 * loop.c (mark_loop_jump): When invalidating loops with multiple
513 entries, must invalidate every nested loop containing the target
514 of a loop entry jump, except for those that also contain the jump
517 * loop.c (record_giv): When computing whether a giv is
518 replaceable, check whether the biv update has a valid luid, and
519 mark it as not replaceable if not.
521 * combine.c (gen_rtx_combine): Call rtx_alloc instead of gen_rtx,
522 because it is much faster, especially on some RISC machines.
524 * fixincludes: Add optional argument which indicates where to put
525 the fixed include files. Echo the directory name where the
526 include files will be put.
528 * cccp.c (struct default_include): Don't examine
529 STANDARD_INCLUDE_DIR or /usr/local/include when
530 NO_STANDARD_INCLUDE_DIR is defined. This is useful when building
532 (main): Only send SIGPIPE signal if the SIGPIPE signal exists on
534 (rescan, handle_directive, skip_if_group, validate_else,
535 skip_to_end_of_comment, macarg1, discard_comments): Accept '//' as
536 a comment in Objective-C as well as C++. The Objective C language
537 specifies that '//' starts a comment.
539 * .gdbinit (ptn): Define new macro to print out the name of a type
542 * stab.def: Correct errors in table for values of DSLINE and
543 BSLINE. Document the conflict between BROWS and BSLINE. Document
544 the value of the BROWS field.
546 Tue Jul 2 23:26:20 1991 Michael Meissner (meissner at pogo.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
548 * mips-tfile.c (toplevel): Add a comment explaining the MIPS ECOFF
549 file format at the start of the file.
551 Tue Jul 2 14:00:39 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
553 * c-typeck.c (build_array_ref): Report error here if the "array"
554 is not an array or pointer. Don't leave this for the PLUS_EXPR.
556 * cccp.c: Inlcude containing file names/lines in error messages.
557 (print_containing_files): New function.
558 (error*, warning): Call it.
559 (finclude): Increment input_file_stack_tick when file changes.
561 * cccp.c: Include descrip.h.
563 Tue Jul 2 07:44:19 1991 Tom Wood (wood at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
565 * tm-m88k.h (ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE): Define only for SDB.
566 * tm-m88kdgux.h (AS_BUG_*): Support these for now.
568 * c-decl.c (finish_struct): Invoke dwarfout_output_tagged_type
569 only when producing DWARF debugging info.
570 * cplus-class.c (finish_struct): Ditto.
572 Mon Jul 1 23:03:34 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
574 * toplev.c (compile_file): Close stack_reg_dump_file iff STACK_REGS.
576 Mon Jul 1 15:17:57 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
578 * combine.c (set_significant): Ignore CLOBBERs.
579 (simplify_and_const_int, case SUBREG): Only ignore paradoxical SUBREGs
580 if BYTE_LOADS_ZERO_EXTEND.
581 (record_value_for_reg): Fix typo; had I for REGNO.
583 Mon Jul 1 08:28:09 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
585 * final.c (output_source_line): Output DWARF line numbers.
587 * dwarfout.c (dwarfout_output_tagged_type): New function.
588 * c-decl.c (finish_struct): Call it.
589 * cplus-class.c (finish_struct): Call it.
591 * dwarfout.c (includes): Need insn-config.h and reload.h.
592 (location_attribute): Use eliminate_regs for correct expression.
593 (output_bound_representation): Use SAVE_EXPR_RTL to get rtl and
594 then use eliminate_regs.
596 * reload1.c (reload): When finished, indicate reg_equiv_constant
597 and reg_equiv_memory_loc are no longer valid.
598 (eliminate_regs): Don't attempt use of reg_equiv_constant or
599 reg_equiv_memory_loc if they aren't valid. No longer static.
600 * reload.h: Declare eliminate_regs.
602 * toplev.c (compile_file): Only call dwarfout_file_scope_symbol
605 Sun Jun 30 15:49:39 1991 Ken Raeburn (raeburn at watch.com)
607 * expr.c (expand_builtin, case BUILT_IN_MEMCPY): If alignment test
608 fails, and function was really BUILT_IN_STRCPY, zero out length
609 parameter before expanding call.
611 Sun Jun 30 18:27:14 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu)
613 * jump.c (jump_optimize): In "if (...) x = a; else x = b;", don't
614 move the "x = b;" if the test modifies X or if X is a hard register
615 and SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES is defined.
616 Turn "if (...) x = 1; else {...} if (x) ..." code on when we have cc0.
618 Sun Jun 30 13:49:03 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
620 * gnulib2.c (__builtin_saveregs):
621 For i860, make data structure fit in with va-i860.h.
623 * tree.c (gcc_obstack_init):
624 Support OBSTACK_CHUNK_ALLOC and OBSTACK_CHUNK_FREE.
626 * calls.c (prepare_call_address): 3rd arg now address of chain var.
627 (expand_call): Call changed.
628 * expr.c (emit_library_call): Call changed.
630 * function.c (fix_lexical_addr): In recursive call, pass slot address.
632 * Makefile.in (cse.o): Added deps.
634 * Makefile.in (GNULIB2_CFLAGS): Use -O2.
636 * gnulib1.c, gnulib2.c (abort): Undefine only if defined.
638 * genattr.c (main): Fix typo in comment end.
640 Sat Jun 29 21:57:28 1991 Torbjorn Granlund (tege at zevs.sics.se)
642 * longlong.h (__sparc8__ umul_ppmm): Insert 3 nop:s for wr delay.
643 * longlong.h (___IBMR2__): Define umul_ppmm, add_ssaaaa, sub_ddmmss..
644 * longlong.h (__sparc__): Don't call .umul; expand asm instead.
645 Don't define __umulsidi3 (i.e. use default definition).
647 Sat Jun 29 06:25:19 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
649 * tm-vax.h (CPP_SPEC): New macro.
650 (LIB_SPEC): Handle -mg.
652 * cccp.c (install_builtins): Fix backward test of objc.
654 * fold-const.c (size_int): No need to test sign of NUMBER.
656 * gcc.c (process_command): Split -L from its arg.
658 * gcc.c (S_ISREG): Define if not defined.
659 (delete_temp_files): Use it.
661 * limits.h (UCHAR_MAX, CHAR_MAX, USHRT_MAX): Delete `U'.
662 (LONG_MAX, ULONG_MAX): Add `L'.
664 Fri Jun 28 22:22:58 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
666 * Makefile (realclean): Delete stage1, stage2, stage3.
668 * gcc.c (fatal) [HAVE_VFPRINTF]: Do print program name.
670 Fri Jun 28 15:34:08 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
672 * out-sparc.c (output_block_move): Correctly handle the case where
673 the size is not a CONST_INT, and has a value of 0.
675 * flags.h (flag_no_inline): Modify comment to match the one in
678 * integrate.c (copy_rtx_and_substitute): When creating new rtx,
679 make sure all of the new bitfields are copied, e.g.
680 REG_LOOP_TEST_P, LABEL_OUTPUT_LOOP_P, etc.
682 * loop.c (loop_optimize): Call reg_scan after
683 find_and_verify_loops, because it may change register lifetimes.
684 (find_and_verify_loops): After moving a block of code outside the
685 loop, must readjust the loop_number_exit_label and
686 LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P data of the modified jump and the moved jump.
687 toplev.c (rest_of_compilation): Delete reg_scan call before
690 Fri Jun 28 13:16:37 1991 Michael Meissner (meissner at osf.org)
692 * tm-mips.h (toplevel): Add target_flags to externals declared.
693 (toplevel): Add dslots_number_nops, mips_load_reg{,2},
694 mips_fill_delay_slot external declarations for delay slot reorg.
695 (CC1PLUS_SPEC): By default, pass -fno-gnu-binutils to cc1plus.
696 (TARGET_FLAGS): Add -mwc8, -mwc16, -mwc32 to set size of wchar_t,
697 though the switches are not used right now.
698 (TARGET_FLAGS): Add -msoft-float code from rfg@ncd.com to compile
699 on systems w/o floating point.
700 (TARGET_FLAGS): -mdebugf suppresses filling load delay slots.
701 (HARD_REGNO_OK): Relax constraints, allow anything in GP
702 registers, anything in even FP registers, int's only in multiply
703 and divide registers, int/CC in the FPSW register.
704 (FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED): Require frame if alloca is called for
706 (REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER): Index from an array (mips_char_to_class)
707 instead of having lots of ?:'s. Also, allow 'd' to signify GP
709 (ENCODE_SEGMENT_INFO): Only record things being in small data/bss
710 if -mgpOPT (-O sets by default), -O, and -G xx where xx > 0.
711 (FINAL_PRESCAN_INSN): Rework to automatically not fill the
712 previous instruction's load delay slots with nop's if it is safe.
713 (ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL): If compiling collect, don't use assemble_name.
714 (ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL): If compiling collect, don't use
716 (ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF_AS_INT): Define this for collect.
717 (ASM_OUTPUT_INT): If collect, don't use output_addr_const.
719 * mips.md (all floating point): If -msoft-float, don't allow any
720 floating point builtin operations.
721 (all patterns): Use 'd' constraint to limit things to GP
722 registers, rather than 'r'. This allows unions of
723 float/int/double to occupy any registers.
724 (*extend*): Call mips_move_1word to handle loads, which in turn
725 sees if we can omit the load nop.
726 (fix_trunc*): Redo, since register allocator can handle moving to
727 the appropriate register set.
728 (movdf_xfer*): Use explicit return's instead of falling through
729 and having the appropriate value in a register from the previous
731 (movsf_xfer*): New patterns to accomidate unions of floats and
733 (movsi_unaligned): New define_expand to call either movsi_ulw or
734 movsi_usw. Also, if not a memory operation, use movsi.
735 (movsi_ulw): Set up to omit load delay nop if we can.
736 (movsi_usw): Use memory_operand instead of simple_memory_operand.
737 Also, allow storing 0 to an unaligned location.
738 (various move patterns): mips_move_1word now takes a third
739 argument to specify whether a load should sign or zero extend.
740 (call_value): Use register_operand on return value.
741 (probe): Turn into define_expand, and set a register to the
742 contents of memory pointed to by the stack pointer with volatil
745 * out-mips.c (toplevel): Add new global variables:
746 dslots_number_nops, mips_load_reg{,2}, mips_regno_to_class,
748 (simple_memory_operand): If not optimizing, no global memory
749 reference is assumed to be in the GP area.
750 (mips_fill_delay_slot): New function to tell FINAL_PRESCAN_INSN
751 the current insn is a load and may need a nop.
752 (mips_move_1word): Take a third argument to say whether load byte
753 and load half-word sign extend or zero extend. Change all
754 callers. If this is a load, call mips_fill_delay_slots to
755 schedule the nops. Change all return's to setting a variable, and
756 falling through to the end.
757 (mips_move_2words): If this is a load, call mips_fill_delay_slots
758 to schedule the nops. Change all return's to setting a variable,
759 and falling through to the end.
760 (function_arg): if -msoft-float, floating point is passed in GP
762 (override_options): Initialize mips_char_to_class.
763 (print_operand): %( and %) no longer do .set nomacro.
764 (print_operand): %# prints #nop if gas or -mstats.
765 (print_operand): Check for too many %), %], and %>'s.
766 (compute_frame_size): Allocate space in stack to hold FP, just in
767 case we later need a FP and previously thought we could eliminate
769 (save_restore): Take a string to indicate the 2word load/store to
770 use, but don't use it at present. Change all callers. Home
771 varargs registers with sd if we can.
772 (function_epilogue): Deal with one or more outstanding nop's from
774 (function_epilogue): Revamp -mstats output format.
775 (function_epilogue): Zero new global variables.
777 * make-decrose (toplevel): Sort make variables.
778 (CLIB): Add -lld library.
779 (LANGUAGES): Add build of collect-osf and g++.
780 (ULTRIX_DIR): Change internal work directory location.
781 (cplus-lex.o): Don't optimize to avoid problem with 1.39 compiler.
782 (collect-osf): Add rules to build OSF/rose version of collect.
784 * make-mips (LANGUAGES): Add build of g++.
786 * tm-decrose.h (SIZE_TYPE): Specify to be long unsigned int.
787 (PTRDIFF_TYPE): Specify to be long int.
788 (WCHAR_TYPE): Specify to be long unsigned int.
790 * sdbout.c (plain_type_1): Add support for unknown tags if
791 SDB_ALLOW_UNKNOWN_REFERENCES is defined. The MIPS ECOFF support
792 needs this, but standard COFF typically doesn't allow unknown
795 * gcc.texinfo (Debugging Info): Document
796 SDB_ALLOW_UNKNOWN_REFERENCES and SDB_ALLOW_FORWARD_REFERENCES.
798 * collect-osf.c (whole file): New file to provide collect support
801 Fri Jun 28 09:20:18 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
803 * configure (m88k-luna): New target.
804 * tm-m88kluna.h: New file for the Omron Luna/88k.
805 * xm-m88k.h: Don't use USG for the luna88k.
807 * tm-m88kdgux.h: DG/UX implements coff and elf. Currently elf is
808 a strange variant of coff that's non-standard (it uses SDB
809 debugging info for example). Soon, the DG/UX elf will support
810 DWARF. These changes provide transitional support for all three.
811 (DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO, SDB_DEBUGGING_INFO): Define both.
812 (VERSION_0300_SYNTAX): True when -msvr4 and -mversion-03.00.
813 * tm-m88ksvr4.h (ASM_FILE_END, ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_LINE): Move these
814 to tm-m88k.h. They are dwarf specific.
815 * tm-m88k.h (TARGET_SWITCHES): Add -mversion-03.00 and -mdwarf.
816 (OVERRIDE_OPTIONS): If using version 03.00 syntax, assume DWARF_DEBUG.
818 * tm-m88k.h (REG_ALLOC_ORDER): Adapt slightly for using r26-r29.
820 * out-m88k.c (m88k_debugger_offset): Don't complain if the base
821 register is optimized away.
823 Thu Jun 27 21:43:36 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
825 * local-alloc.c (memref_referenced_p, memref_used_between_p):
827 (update_equiv_regs): Call memref_used_between_p.
829 Thu Jun 27 19:59:36 1991 Ken Raeburn (raeburn at watch.com)
831 * print-tree.c (print_node): Changed the various "lang_#" strings to
832 indicate which of several possible fields are being examined; new
833 strings are "tree_#", "decl_#", "type_#".
835 Thu Jun 27 15:05:43 1991 Michael Meissner (meissner at churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
837 * xm-mips.h (ONLY_INT_FIELDS): Define if not compiling with GCC
838 since the MIPS compiler treats enum bitfields as signed.
840 Wed Jun 26 19:48:16 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
842 * sched.c (memrefs_conflict_p): Explicitly handle case where both
844 (sched_analyze_2): Do create dependencies for insns with REG_EQUIV
846 (sched_note_set): Correctly handle the case where the destination
847 register is a multi-word hard register.
848 (attach_deaths): Don't add a REG_DEAD note to an insn with a
849 REG_UNUSED note that mentions the same register. Correctly handle
850 the case where the destination register is a multi-word hard
852 (schedule_block): Also call sched_note_set for CLOBBERs when
853 computing which registers are dead at the end of the basic block.
854 Also call sched_note_set for USEs when computing what registers
855 are still live after a just scheduled insn.
856 (regno_use_in): New function, subroutine of split_hard_reg_notes.
857 Searches an rtx for any reference to the given register, and
858 returns the register rtx used if any.
859 (split_hard_reg_notes): New function. Handles the case where a
860 multi-word hard register with a REG_DEAD note gets split. Creates
861 a new REG_DEAD note for each part of the original hard register
862 used by the split insns.
863 (new_insn_dead_notes): Don't add a REG_DEAD note to an insn with a
864 REG_UNUSED note which mentions the same register.
865 (update_links): Add call to new function split_hard_reg_notes.
866 Correctly handle the case when the dest of the original insn was a
867 multi-word register which was split in the split insns. In this
868 case, the dest is no longer killed here, so must remove the
869 REG_DEAD on the last previous insn in this basic block which used
870 dest, if any such exists.
872 * unroll.c (reg_dead_after_loop): Check that a CODE_LABEL which is
873 the target of a JUMP_INSN has a non-zero PREV_INSN field before
874 trying to derefence it. Fail if there is no previous insn.
876 * loop.c (scan_loop): Fix typo.
877 * local-alloc.c (optimize_reg_copy): Likewise.
878 * global-alloc (hard_reg_copy_preferences): Likewise.
879 * gcc.texinfo (REG_LOOP_TEST_P): Likewise.
880 * optabs.c (expand_float): Likewise.
881 * tm-vaxv.h (ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII): Likewise.
883 * out-sparc.c (output_move_double): Sign extend CONST_INTs that
885 * tm-sparc.h (GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS): Don't accept a LABEL_REF
886 as a legal address. Also, delete obsolete parts of preceeding
889 * reload1.c (alter_reg): Only try to delete the reg_equiv_init
890 insn if it hasn't already been deleted by a previous call to
893 * toplev.c (main): Handle -gdbx in addition to -gsdb for
895 * gcc.texinfo: Document -gdbx.
897 Tue Jun 25 09:57:08 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
899 * m88k.md (casesi): Don't emit a barrier; the dispatch code must
901 * tm-m88k.h (DONT_REDUCE_ADDR): Don't use this.
902 (CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE): The PIC register is also call-used.
903 * out-m88k.c (m88k_layout_frame): Save the PIC register.
905 Tue Jun 25 07:40:43 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
907 * function.c (expand_function_end): FNDECL should
908 be CURRENT_FUNCTION_DECL.
910 * combine.c (find_split_point): If we see an AND operation as the
911 first operand of some non-AND operation, use it as a split point.
912 (subst): Add counter to limit restarts, go to restart more often.
913 (subst, case AND): If we get (ior (and (X C1) C2)) and can't
914 restart more than once, rewrite with C1 as small as possible and exit.
916 * cse.c (cse_end_of_basic_block): Don't put branch in our path more
918 (cse_main): Clear PATH_SIZE when skipping a block.
919 (cse_basic_block): Use GET_RTX_CLASS.
921 Tue Jun 25 07:39:29 1991 Matthew Self (mself at next.com)
923 * varasm.c (const_hash, compare_constant_1, record_constant_1):
924 For ADDR_EXPR's, don't hash address of SYMBOL_REF. Only use
925 offset and name of symbol. This allows constructors which
926 contain pointers to identical string literals to be uniqued.
928 * loop.c (loop_optimize, init_loop): Moved call to
929 gcc_obstack_init() from loop_optimize() to init_loop().
931 * reload1.c (reload, init_reload): Moved call to
932 gcc_obstack_init() from reload() to new function init_reload().
934 * toplev.c (compile_file): Call new function init_reload().
936 Mon Jun 24 16:05:57 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
938 * stmt.c (expand_end_stmt_expr): Fix typo in comment.
940 * reload1.c (modes_equiv_for_class_p): Only fail if registers in
941 CLASS that can hold ALLOCATE_MODE can't also hold OTHER_MODE. Do
942 not fail for the reverse test. ALLOCATE_MODE is always a larger
943 or same size mode as OTHER_MODE, and will be the mode that reload
944 uses when allocating spill registers. Rewrite comments to explain
946 (reload): Change call to modes_equiv_for_class_p to match new
949 * combine.c (simplify_shift_const): When simplifying (ashiftrt
950 (ashift inner_const_int) const_int), was checking the wrong number of
951 high order bits of inner_const_int. Also correct typos in comments.
953 * c-convert.c (convert_to_integer): Must also check ARG1 for
954 unsignedness, because ARG0 could be a constant when EXPR is a
957 * combine.c (try_combine): When splitting, it is not safe to use
958 I2DEST if it is referenced by NEWPAT.
960 * combine.c (distribute_notes): After converting REG_DEAD notes to
961 REG_UNUSED notes, clear PLACE if it already has a REG_UNUSED note,
962 to prevent adding a duplicate REG_UNUSED note.
964 * gcc.texinfo (SIGNED_CHAR_SPEC): Document.
966 Mon Jun 24 10:02:32 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
968 * cse.c (cse_set_around_loop): Ensure the insn we find in front
969 of the loop does the set in the proper mode.
971 * optabs.c (expand_float): Always do conversions to FMODE in the
972 signedness of the input.
974 * reload.c (find_reloads, find_reloads_toplev): If reg_equiv_address
975 is not a constant address, copy it in case it is shared.
977 * reload1.c (eliminate_regs): Copy reg_equiv_memory_loc in case
978 it is shared and we make a reload inside it.
980 * stupid.c (stupid_mark_refs): Registers that aren't used must die
981 in the insn after their birth so they conflict with other outputs.
983 * vax.md: Replace patterns to convert (and (ashiftxx))
984 into (and (rotatexx)) with the patterns that are actually made
986 We can allow offsettable addresses for operand 0 and it is not
989 * out-rs6000.c (secondary_reload_class): Correctly interpret result of
992 * out-rs6000.c (output_toc): Write FP constants in TOC.
993 * tm-r6000.h (TARGET_FP_IN_TOC): New flag.
994 (TARGET_SWITCHES): Add -mfp-in-toc and -mno-fp-in-toc.
995 (TARGET_DEFAULT): -mfp-in-toc is the default.
996 (ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY_P): FP constants may be put in the TOC.
998 Mon Jun 24 00:52:44 1991 James Van Artsdalen (james at bigtex.cactus.org)
1000 * out-i386.c (output_fix_trunc): If the dest operand mentions the
1001 stack pointer, then we must adjust it to account for the temporary
1002 space we allocate on the stack here.
1004 Sat Jun 22 07:24:33 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
1006 * cse.c (cse_set_around_loop): Fix typo in call to note_mem_written.
1008 * emit-rtl.c (reorder_insns): Correctly handle case when AFTER is last
1011 * expr.c (expand_expr, case COND_EXPR): Correctly handle X ? A : X + 1.
1012 Previous change called invert_truthvalue which can modify EXP; we now
1013 call it a second time to undo its action if do_store_flag fails.
1015 Sat Jun 22 02:37:59 1991 James Van Artsdalen (james at bigtex.cactus.org)
1017 * cse.c (cse_set_around_loop): Don't try to initialize an
1018 automatic structure.
1020 * reg-stack.c (compare_for_stack_reg): If both operands to a
1021 compare are the same stack reg, don't process death on the second.
1023 * i386.md (all float patterns): Don't allow constants in the
1025 (all patterns using convert_387_op): Split patterns into one using
1026 FLOAT and another using FLOAT_EXTEND.
1028 Fri Jun 21 20:37:03 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
1030 * sched.c (line_note, line_note_head): New vectors for use when
1031 dealing with line-number notes.
1032 (unlink_notes): Put line-number notes in LINE_NOTE for reuse.
1033 (schedule_block): Just before reordering the insns, walk the insns
1034 and record the line-number note in effect for each one. When
1035 reordering is complete, restore the line-number notes as needed.
1036 (schedule_insns): When debugging information is present, allocate
1037 and initialize line_note and line_note_head. After scheduling,
1038 walk the insns to delete redundant line-number notes.
1040 Fri Jun 21 19:54:29 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
1042 * old-sparc.c, out-old-sparc.c, tm-old-sparc.h: Delete obsolete
1045 * loop.c (loop_number_exit_labels): Expand comment. Mention that
1046 returns are not included because all bivs and givs are pseudos and
1047 hence must be dead after a return.
1049 Fri Jun 21 07:10:56 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
1051 * combine.c (subst, case PLUS, MINUS): Remove cases for things like
1052 (x-y)+y; now done in simplify_binary_operation.
1053 * cse.c (simplify_unary_operation): Handle (sign_extend (truncate ..))
1054 as used in casesi patterns.
1055 (simplify_binary_operation, case PLUS, MINUS): Don't do most
1056 simplifications if IEEE floating-point.
1057 Add cases for things like (x-y)+y.
1058 (fold_rtx): Replace PC with LABEL_REF if we are immediately in
1059 front of a jump table.
1060 Move code to apply associative law to after we have folded the
1062 (fold_rtx, case MEM): Fix errors in checking for index of jump
1063 table being out of range.
1064 For ADDR_DIFF_VEC, return a MINUS or (truncate (minus L1 L2)).
1065 (fold_rtx, case PLUS): If we have (plus X (label_ref L)), see
1066 if X is equivalent to (minus L1 L2).
1067 (cse_insn): Put (minus L1 L2) in `src_const' so it gets in a
1068 REG_EQUAL note and gets put in the hash table.
1069 If we are branching to a jump table, we are really branching to
1070 immediately after the jump table
1071 Remove special-case kludge for ADDR_DIFF_VEC; now handled properly.
1073 * vax.md (casesi): Make pattern agree with machine instruction;
1074 specifically, index is multiplied by two and the comparison is LEU,
1077 * cse.c (equiv_constant): If X is a one-word SUBREG of a larger
1078 quantity, use `lookup_as_function' to see if it is equivalent
1081 * jump.c (squeeze_notes): No longer static.
1082 * loop.c (find_and_verify_loops): Need to call squeeze_notes when
1083 moving block of code (see last change).
1085 * reload.c (find_reloads): When forcing constant to memory,
1086 set recog_operand to the result of find_reloads_toplev.
1088 * combine.c (subst, case PLUS): Add (c1 - a) + c2 -> (c1+c2) - a.
1089 (subst, case MINUS): Use simplify_binary_operation rather than
1090 making CONST_INT from subtraction of two INTVAL's to ensure it
1091 gets truncated as appropriate for its mode.
1092 Add (c1 - (c2 - a)) -> (c1-c2) + a.
1094 * a29k.md (negdf2): Use operand_subword_force, not operand_subword.
1095 (movsf): Use operand_subword, not gen_lowpart.
1097 * out-rs6000.c (u_short_cint_operand): New function.
1098 (print_operand): Support auto-decrement.
1100 * tm-rs6000.h (OVERRIDE_OPTIONS): Force profiling off.
1101 (PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS): Return NO_REGS for real CONST_DOUBLE.
1102 (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT): Define this.
1103 (GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS, GO_IF_MODE_DEPENDENT_ADDRESS):
1106 * rs6000.md (zero_extendxx): Use rlinm, not andil so we avoid
1108 (arith-and-record patterns): Correct some bad operand numbers.
1109 Put SImode output as operand 0 to improve register tying.
1110 (andsi): Prefer rlinm over andil and andiu.
1111 (load/store-with-update): Add patterns for these instructions.
1112 (allocate_stack): New, replaces stack probe.
1113 (add-and-compare): New patterns, with define_split.
1114 (subtract-one-and-jump): Allow outputs anywhere; handle with
1115 match_scratch and define_split.
1117 * stmt.c (expand_end_stmt_expr): If `last_expr_value' is 0, set it
1120 * regclass.c (reg_n_sets): Move definition to before use.
1122 * jump.c (find_cross_jump): Don't try to substitute REG_EQUAL
1123 values unless they are constants.
1125 Fri Jun 21 02:37:59 1991 James Van Artsdalen (james at bigtex.cactus.org)
1127 * reload1.c (reload): Don't clear after_call for each insn.
1129 Sun Jun 16 17:28:43 1991 James Van Artsdalen (james at bigtex.cactus.org)
1131 * reload1.c (reload, reload_as_needed, choose_reload_regs): Enable
1132 code to avoid return register when SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES defined.
1134 * final.c (final_scan_insn): Don't look for no-op moves if
1135 processor has STACK_REGS.
1137 * hard-reg-set.h (GO_IF_HARD_REG_EQUAL): New macro.
1139 * jump.c (cross_jump_death_matters): New variable.
1140 (find_cross_jump): If processor has STACK_REGS, compare death
1141 notes if they matter.
1143 * toplev.c (compile_file, rest_of_compilation): Support new
1144 stack-regs conversion pass.
1145 (main, compile_file, rest_of_compilation): Add support for -dk to
1146 dump after stack-regs conversion.
1147 * reg-stack.c: New file. Implements stack-regs conversion pass.
1148 * Makefile.in (reg-stack.o): New file.
1150 * tm-i386.h (STACK_REGS): New macro.
1151 (all register macros): Define all eight float point registers.
1152 (HARD_REGNO_NREGS): Only one float reg is needed for any mode.
1153 (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK): Move code here from out-i386.c.
1154 (FIRST_STACK_REG,LAST_STACK_REG): New macros.
1155 (ARG_POINTER_REGNUM): Move to reg 16.
1156 (FP_REGNO_P): Recognize all float regs.
1157 (QI_REG_P): New macro.
1158 (STACK_REG_P,NON_STACK_REG_P,STACK_TOP_P): New macros.
1159 (PRESERVE_DEATH_INFO_REGNO_P): Delete.
1160 (OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P): Delete.
1161 (CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P): Recognize constant mask for byte or word.
1162 Recognize constant 0..3 for `lea' shifts.
1163 (CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER_P):
1164 (PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS): Don't put CONST_DOUBLE in float regs.
1165 QImode must go in class Q_REGS. Float regs can't hold MODE_INT.
1166 (MOVE_RATIO): New macro.
1167 (SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED): Delete. Bit opcodes don't truncate.
1168 (RTX_COSTS): New macro.
1169 (CONST_COSTS): Make constants cheaper.
1170 (QI_HIGH_REGISTER_NAMES): Renamed from QI_REGISTER_NAMES_TOP.
1171 (INSN_CLOBBERS_REGNO_P): Delete.
1172 (FP_TOP,RETCOM,POP_ONE_POP,FP_CALL1,FP_CALL): Delete.
1174 * out-i386.c (fp_pop_level): Delete.
1175 (fp_call_internal, output_asm_insn_double_reg_op, via_memory,
1176 fp_store_sf,fp_pop_sf,fp_store_df,fp_pop_df,fp_pop_int,
1177 fp_push_sf,fp_push_df,output_movsf,output_movdf,output_movf,
1178 top_dead_p,call_top_dead_p,fp_top_dead_p1,mentioned_fp_top): Delete.
1179 (hard_regno_mode_ok): Moved to tm-i386.h.
1180 (qi_high_reg_name): New variable.
1181 (output_op_from_reg, output_to_reg): New function.
1182 (singlemove_string,output_move_const_single): No longer static.
1183 (singlemove_string): Use correct operand number in `push' string.
1184 (standard_80387_constant_p): Use recommended method to extract
1185 float from CONST_DOUBLE.
1186 (PRINT_REG): Add 'h' for "high" register names, 'y' for "st(0)".
1187 (print_operand): Code 'z' prints no size suffix for stack regs.
1188 Print DImode suffix as "ll", not just "l".
1189 (output_fix_trunc): New argument `insn'. Generalize to output to
1190 MEM or REG. Return "char *" like other output routines.
1191 Generalize for SImode or DImode output.
1192 (binary_387_op,convert_387_op,float_op,fix_op,shift_op): New
1193 match_operator predicates.
1194 (output_387_binary_op,output_float_compare): New functions.
1196 * i386.md (all MODE_FLOAT patterns): Replace with new code to use
1198 (all patterns): Use AS2 and AS1 macros where possible, for
1199 eventual support of Intel syntax output.
1200 (tstM): Don't initialize operands unless we need to.
1201 (cmpM): Choose operange order in output for speed on i386.
1202 (logical test patterns): The operands commute. If possible,
1203 SImode tests should use just QImode.
1204 (movstrictM): New patterns.
1205 (movqi): Don't allow a constant of unknown value into Q_REGS.
1206 (`lea' pattern): Move after addsi3.
1207 (addsi3): Do three operand adds with `lea'.
1208 (divsi3,divhi3,udivsi3,udivhi3): Delete in favor of u?divmodM4.
1209 (divqi3,udivqi3): Remove earlyclobber for operand 0.
1210 (andM3): Define three operand ANDs for 255 and 65535 using zero
1211 extend opcode. Also directly do an AND in the second byte of a
1213 (iorM3,xorM3): Do byte ior instead of word where possible.
1214 (xorqi3): Allow operands[2] from MEM.
1215 (ashlsi3): Allow three-operand shift of 0..3 with `lea' opcode.
1216 (lshlM3): Redundant, delete.
1217 (shift & rotate patterns): Print %0 as destination operand.
1218 (bit recognizers): New patterns to set, clear and compliment.
1219 (call insns): Use "%P" code for targets to support Intel syntax.
1220 (movstrsi): Express changes to the operands instead of just
1221 clobbering them. Don't accept non-constant move count, as our
1222 code isn't as efficient as a library call.
1224 Thu Jun 20 13:51:02 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
1226 * cse.c (cse_insn): If we fold a conditional or computed branch to an
1227 unconditional branch, it is now not in the normal format for an
1228 unconditional branch, and it only has one set, delete it and
1230 Whenever we make an unconditional branch, set `cse_skip_to_next_block'
1231 and do nothing else.
1232 (cse_basic_block): Increment LABEL_NUSES on TO if it is a label
1233 so it won't go away while we are using it as a stopping point.
1234 If we are done with this block (`cse_skip_to_next_block' nonzero),
1235 pretend we just did the insn before TO.
1236 Decrement LABEL_NUSES of TO if it is a label; if it became zero,
1237 delete it and try to extend the basic block.
1239 * reload.c (find_reloads): Fix typo in check for no alternatives
1242 * combine.c (reg_significant, significant_mode): New vars.
1243 (combine_instructions): Allocate and initialize reg_significant.
1244 (set_significant): New function.
1245 (significant_bits, case REG): Use reg_significant, if non-zero
1246 as the significant bits of a register.
1248 * loop.c (n_times_set): Define -2 to mean that a register is
1249 an candidate to be moved and is a constant.
1250 (scan_loop): Set n_times_set to -1 or -2 as appropriate.
1251 (regs_match_p): No need to check REG_FUNCTION_VALUE_P.
1252 A register and a constant can be equal if the register is known
1253 equivalent to the constant.
1254 (invariant_p): Check n_times_set < 0, not == -1.
1256 * rtl.h (REG_LOOP_TEST_P): New macro.
1257 * jump.c (duplicate_loop_exit_test): Mark registers used only in
1259 * cse.c (cse_around_loop, cse_check_loop_start, cse_set_around_loop):
1261 (cse_end_of_basic_block): Add new arg to say if we are being called
1262 after loop.c has run; if we are being called after loop.c, we can
1263 ignore NOTE_INSN_LOOP_ENDs.
1264 (cse_main): Accept new AFTER_LOOP arg; pass to cse_end_of_basic_block.
1265 If we are called before loop.c, see if we can cse around to the
1267 * toplev.c (rest_of_compilation): Tell cse_main if it is being called
1268 before or after loop.c.
1270 * rtl.h (LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P): New macro.
1271 * loop.h (uid_loop_num): Renamed from luid_loop_num and now
1272 maps INSN_UID to loop number instead of INSN_LUID.
1273 * loop.c (loop_optimize): Modifications for the above.
1274 (find_and_verify_loop): Change luid_loop_num to uid_loop_num.
1275 Look for blocks of code ending in an unconditional branch out
1276 of the loop surrounded by a conditional branch and try to move
1277 such a block out of the loop.
1278 (mark_loop_jump): Change luid_loop_num to uid_loop_num.
1279 Mark all LABEL_REFs that are outside the current loop, for
1281 (strength_reduce, check_dbra_loop): Change luid_loop_num to
1283 * unroll.c (unroll_loop, find_splittable_{regs,givs}): Likewise.
1284 (reg_dead_after_loop, final_{biv,giv}_value): Likewise.
1286 * flow.c (reg_n_sets): Don't define this here.
1287 * regclass.c (reg_n_sets): Define it here.
1288 (reg_scan): Allocate and initialize reg_n_sets.
1289 (reg_scan_mark_refs): Count sets of a register in reg_n_sets.
1291 * sched.c (reg_known_value_size): New variable.
1292 (canon_rtx): Don't look in reg_known_value outside its allocated space.
1293 (init_alias_analysis): Initialize reg_known_value_size.
1295 * loop.c ({unknown,fixed}_aggregate_altered): Deleted.
1296 (loop_store_mems): Replaces loop_store_addrs and loop_store_widths.
1297 (loop_optimize): Call init_alias_analysis.
1298 (prescan_loop, note_addr_stored): Save all MEMs stored into, rather
1299 than just those that appear fixed; save MEMs rather than addresses
1301 (invariant_p): Use true_dependence to see if a MEM is invariant;
1302 compare it with all MEMs stored during the loop.
1304 * sched.c (memrefs_conflict_p): If XSIZE or YSIZE is zero
1305 the object conflict if they have the same base, irregardless
1308 * reorg.c (dbr_schedule): Reallocate unfilled_firstobj after
1309 freeing memory from the obstack.
1311 * reload.c (push_reload): Always reload object inside SUBREG if
1312 STRICT_LOW_PART is present.
1313 Always set RELOAD_STRICT_LOW to zero; maybe we should get rid of it.
1315 * reload.c (make_memloc): Copy the address if it varies to avoid
1316 potential sharing problems.
1318 * global-alloc.c (hard_reg_copy_preferences): New var.
1319 (global_alloc): Allocate and initialze it.
1320 (prune_preferences): Prune it.
1321 (find_reg): Try preferences in hards_reg_copy_preferences first,
1322 then hard_reg_preferences.
1323 (set_preference): Set bit in hard_reg_copy_references, if appropriate.
1325 * emit-rtl.c (try_split): If we are splitting a JUMP_INSN, copy
1326 JUMP_LABEL from the old to new insn update the count of that label.
1328 * cse.c (lookup): Always call exp_equiv_p unless we have a REG.
1330 * cse.c (insert): If we are making a register equivalent to a
1331 constant that was already equivalent to a constant, update
1333 (cse_insn): Don't do it here.
1334 * cse.c (fold_rtx): Always call simplify_unary_operation.
1336 * cse.c (record_jump_equiv): Don't get primary elements for OP0 and
1337 OP1 since they might not be valid.
1339 * loop.c (get_condition): Accept new arg, EARLIEST that is a pointer
1340 to where we place the earliest insn used to form the condition.
1341 Check for comparison with CC0 in main loop, not earlier.
1342 Never return condition involving CC0.
1343 (get_condition_for_loop): Call get_condition with new arg.
1344 * jump.c (jump_optimize): When we make store-flag insn, put new
1345 insns before earliest insn used to form condition and use new
1346 psuedo as target, which we copy into VAR immediately after the insn
1347 that currently sets VAR.
1348 Turn off "if (...) x = 1; else {...} if (x) ..." code; it is not
1349 correct and can't be easily fixed.
1350 (get_label_{before_after}): Use {prev,next}_nonnote_insn.
1352 * jump.c (jump_optimize): Don't interpret NOOP_MOVES as meaning
1353 "after_reload"; check reload_completed instead. Don't pass NOOP_MOVES
1354 to functions that aren't actually trying to noop moves.
1355 (follow_jumps, tension_vector_labels): Don't accept AFTER_RELOAD arg;
1356 check reload_completed instead.
1358 * combine.c (try_combine): Don't check that we don't have a
1359 single_set when trying to replace a SET_DEST in a PARALLEL in I2.
1360 (simplify_and_const_int): Always do the AND in the mode passed.
1361 (significant_bits, case DIV and UDIV): Nothing special known
1362 about low-order bits here.
1363 (simplify_shift_const, shift cases): Don't go into infinite loop if
1364 we combine two shifts in the same direction.
1366 * c-parse.y, cplus-parse.y, objc-parse.y (set_yydebug): Move to
1367 end of file so we don't have a reference to yydebug after its
1368 definition; also delete duplicate declaration.
1370 Thu Jun 20 09:08:21 1991 Tom Wood (wood at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
1372 * local-alloc.c (block_alloc): Fixed typo in last edit.
1374 Wed Jun 19 17:05:52 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
1376 * reload.c (push_reload): Verify reload_in[i] exists before using
1379 * m88k.md: USE insns must be immediately before CALL_INSNs to work
1380 properly, otherwise sched.c and reorg.c will not associate them will
1383 * unroll.c (calculate_giv_inc): Accept constant increments
1384 represented as a LO_SUM.
1386 * flow.c (mark_used_regs): Don't put a REG_DEAD note on insns that
1387 already have a REG_UNUSED note. This makes it consistent with
1389 * combine.c (distribute_notes): If a REG_UNUSED reg is no longer
1390 set by an insn, but is still used by the insn, then must convert
1391 the REG_UNUSED note to a REG_DEAD note.
1393 * gcc.c (SIGNED_CHAR_SPEC): Put ifndefs around it, so that it can
1394 be overriden by a definition in the tm.h file.
1396 * cse.c (cse_insn): Add missing third parameter to find_reg_note calls.
1398 * tm-arm.h (INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS): Take LIBNAME as third argument.
1400 * combine.c (can_combine_p): Remove extra argument in call to
1403 * rtlanal.c (find_regno_note): Verify that the note contains a
1404 REG before checking its REGNO.
1406 * cse.c (canon_reg): Fix spacing/punctuation error.
1407 * recog.c (constrain_operands): Likewise.
1409 * varasm.c (Assemble function): Likewise.
1411 Wed Jun 19 13:14:22 1991 Tom Wood (wood at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
1413 * local-alloc.c (block_alloc): When counting instructions, abort if
1414 a loop is detected. Improperly threaded insns are easy to produce
1415 when working on the scheduler.
1417 Sat Jun 15 06:13:11 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
1419 * combine.c (simplify_and_const_int, case ASHIFTRT): Avoid infinite
1420 loop if simplify_shift_const doesn't do anything.
1422 Thu Jun 13 09:05:12 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
1424 * m88k.md (decrement_and_branch_until_zero): Add this insn.
1426 Thu Jun 13 07:32:37 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
1428 * explow.c (plus_constant): Fix error in last change; CONST case
1429 wasn't handled correctly.
1431 * tm-m68k.h (CONST_CONSTS): Constants between -7 and -1 are cheap
1434 * m68k.md (dbra): Operand 0 should have '+' constraint, not '='.
1436 * expmed.c (store_fixed_bit_field): Clean up some confusion between
1437 targets and results in expand_binop calls.
1439 * local-alloc.c (optimize_reg_copy): Fix several typos relating to
1441 Correctly handle the case where DEST dies before SRC.
1442 Fix some comments that had SRC and DEST backwards.
1444 * combine.c (can_combine_p): Swap order of args of && to avoid
1445 unnecessary calls to use_crosses_set_p.
1446 (simplify_and_const_int, case SUBREG): Make code agree with comment.
1448 * emit-rtl.c (operand_subword): Avoid compilation warning.
1450 * expmed.c (store_fixed_bit_field): Don't use OP0 as SUBTARGET
1451 if it is a MEM and -fforce_mem was specified.
1453 * expmed.c (emit_store_flag): After scc insns, convert to wider
1454 mode using unsigned conversion if STORE_FLAG_VALUE is positive.
1456 * expmed.c (init_expmed): Use mode of size BITS_PER_WORD instead
1458 (store_bit_field, extract_bit_field): Replace references to SImode
1460 (store_fixed_bit_field, extract_fixed_bit_field): Don't use explicit
1461 modes; use get_best_mode instead.
1462 (store_split_bit_field, extract_split_bit_field): Use operand_subword
1463 and mode_for_size instead of making SUBREGs and using SImode.
1465 * stor-layout.c (get_best_mode): Allow LARGEST_MODE to be VOIDmode,
1466 in which case we can use any appropriate mode.
1468 Wed Jun 12 16:32:37 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at pogo.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
1470 * cplus-decl.c (init_decl_processing): Compensate for tm-sparc.h
1471 change to WCHAR_TYPE handling.
1473 Wed Jun 12 10:19:13 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
1475 * tm-sparc.h (WCHAR_TYPE): Must be "short unsigned int".
1477 * combine.c (subst, make_extraction, simplify_shift_const): Don't
1478 change mode of volatile MEM; replaces similar change of June 1st.
1479 * function.c (fixup_var_refs_1, optimize_bit_field): Likewise.
1480 * recog.c (validate_replace_rtx_1): Likewise.
1482 Tue Jun 11 22:09:28 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygint.cygnus.com)
1484 * expr.c (expand_expr, case COND_EXPR): Expressions of both the form
1485 X ? A + 1 : A and X ? A : A + 1 were being done, but only the former
1486 was being handled correctly.
1488 Tue Jun 11 12:13:53 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
1490 * recog.c (validate_replace_rtx_1): If putting a CONST_INT in a
1491 ZERO_EXTEND or SIGN_EXTEND, try to simplify the operation or fail;
1492 the semantics of the operation require a non-VOIDmode argument.
1494 * cse.c (delete_dead_from_cse): Don't delete last insn in a libcall.
1496 * explow.c (allocate_dynamic_stack_space): Don't clobber SIZE when
1499 * fold-const.c (fold, case COND_EXPR): Ensure we always return an
1500 expression in the correct type.
1502 * expr.c (emit_push_insn): Don't need to put X in register if it
1503 is constant; operand_subword_force can do so if needed.
1505 * reload.c (find_reloads): Simplify nested `if' statements.
1506 * recog.c (constrain_operands): Likewise.
1508 * jump.c (mark_jump_label): Fix typo (extra paren) in last change.
1510 Tue Jun 11 10:03:08 1991 Micheal Tiemann (tiemann at pogo.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
1512 * collect2.c: New file.
1514 * sched.c (memrefs_conflict_p): Finish removing ASHIFT case.
1516 * emit-rtl.c (operand_subword): Change test of BITS_PER_WORD <
1517 HOST_BITS_PER_WORD from compile-time to run-time.
1518 * expr.c (emit_push_insn): Ditto.
1519 * recog.c (constrain_operands): Ditto.
1520 * reload.c (find_reloads): Ditto.
1522 * jump.c (jump_optimize): Add `continue' after deleting INSN in case
1523 where further attempts to optimize the insn are invalid.
1524 (mark_jump_label): Don't crash if NEXT == 0.
1526 Tue Jun 11 09:14:05 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
1528 * out-m88k.c (legitimize_operand): New function to convert
1529 CONST_DOUBLE to SFmode when possible.
1530 * m88k.md (cmpdf, adddf3, subdf3, muldf3, divdf3): Use it.
1531 * tm-m88k.h: Declare it.
1533 * xm-m88k.h (OBSTACK_CHUNK_SIZE): For DG/UX at least, the default
1534 value results in a perfect checkerboard.
1536 Tue Jun 11 07:23:45 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
1538 * expr.c (expand_expr, case FLOAT_EXPR, FIX_EXPR): Don't try to
1539 do any partial conversions here; expand_fix and expand_float now
1541 * optabs.c (fixtab, fixtrunctab, floattab): Table now contains
1543 (can_fix_p, can_float_p): Use mode as index in tables.
1544 (init_fixtab, init_floattab): Likewise.
1545 Add support for QImode and HImode operations.
1546 (expand_float): Rework to remove dependendence on specific modes.
1547 Can only use REAL_VALUE_LDEXP in certain configurations.
1548 (expand_fix): Likewise.
1549 If can't do operation unsigned, or signed into wider mode, emit a
1550 sequence that compares operand with 2**(N-1) and, if larger,
1551 subtracts 2**(N-1), converts, and adds it back.
1552 Protect from queue and force not memory at start.
1553 * m88k.md (fixuns_truncdfsi2, fixuns_truncsfsi2): Deleted; now done
1554 in expand_fix in optabs.c.
1556 * combine.c (expand_field_assignment): Convert SET_SRC to mode of
1558 (simplify_shift_const, case ASHIFTRT): Don't use undefined initial
1561 * explow.c: Include insn-config.h, recog.h, and insn-codes.h.
1562 (allocate_dynamic_stack_space): Rework to be more precise in required
1563 alignment. Must maintain alignment of stack to STACK_BOUNDARY at
1564 all times (it must not be momentarily misaligned) and must align
1565 returned address to BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT.
1566 * Makefile.in (explow.o): Show new includes.
1568 Tue Jun 11 07:22:54 1991 Matthew Self (mself at next.com)
1570 * m68k.md: Change incorrect reference to -m68040-fp to -m68040-only.
1571 Fix several spelling errors.
1573 * m68k.md (fix_trunc*f*i2): New insn's to replace fintrz on the
1574 '040. These emit a sequence of insn's to change the rounding mode
1575 to round-to-zero, perform the truncation, and restore the rounding
1578 Mon Jun 10 09:57:31 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygint.cygnus.com)
1580 * c-lang.c (GNU_xref_{begin,end}): Add stub functions for xref info.
1582 * cplus-decl.c (record_builtin_type): Add support for handling
1583 builtin types' nicknames (e.g. "unsigned long" for "long unsigned
1586 * expmed.c (struct algorithm): Change array size from BITS_PER_WORD
1587 to MAX_BITS_PER_WORD.
1588 gcc.texinfo: Document MAX_BITS_PER_WORD.
1590 Mon Jun 10 07:45:17 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
1592 * combine.c (try_combine): When making an I1 from an I2 that is
1593 a PARALLEL, give the new I1 the same INSN_UID as I2.
1595 * recog.c (constrain_operands, case 'p'): Pass operand mode
1596 (from match_operand) to strict_memory_address_p.
1598 * m68k.md (andsi3): bclr does not set the condition codes in the
1601 Sun Jun 9 11:16:24 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
1603 * reload.c (find_reloads): Swap preferred_class and pref_or_nothing
1604 when we swap commutative operands.
1606 * combine.c (subst, simplify_shift_const): Treat UDIV and MULT
1607 with a second operand of a constant that is a power of two as the
1608 appropriate shift if it feeds or is fed by a shift.
1610 * expmed.c (expand_divmod): When searching for the best mode to
1611 perform the computation, take into account the fact that we sometimes
1612 do a shift, not a divide.
1614 * expmed.c (emit_store_flag): Correctly handle "a = b < 0;" if A
1616 Don't check for STORE_FLAG_VALUE equal to just the sign bit of
1617 OP0 if the width of its mode is larger than HOST_BITS_PER_INT.
1618 Use switch rather than if/elseif/elseif.
1620 * combine.c (simplify_shift_const, shift cases): We were not forming
1621 the mask correctly when VAROP is a LSHIFTRT and narrower than X;
1622 simplify the mask formation by using significant_bits and
1623 simplify_binary_operation.
1625 * reload.c (make_memloc): Copy RTX_UNCHANGING_P from REG to MEM.
1626 (find_reloads_address, find_reloads_address_1): Don't shortcut
1627 reloading the address in reg_equiv_address; always call
1628 find_reloads_address on it.
1630 * recog.c (constrain_operands, case 'p'): Validate address if
1633 * out-alliant.c, out-m68k.md (output_move_double): Extraction of
1634 parts of CONST_INT was backwards; these machines are words-big-endian.
1636 Sat Jun 8 12:19:26 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygint.cygnus.com)
1638 * sparc.md: Remove special-case shift insns which load and shift
1639 memory-based operands. Combine now does this for us. Also change
1640 abs patterns so that they consistently print the negation followed
1641 by the mov on a single line.
1643 * reload1.c (choose_reload_regs): Cast `enum reg_class' values to
1644 `int' when using them as array indicies.
1646 * gnulib2.c (LONG_TYPE_SIZE): Don't inherit the definition of
1647 LONG_TYPE_SIZE from tm.h, since that may be target_flag-specific.
1648 Instead synthesize the value from `sizeof (long)'.
1650 * cplus-gc.c (build_m_desc): Figure out whether the i_desc should
1651 constitute a defn of its type or not. Analogous to May 26 change
1652 for instance variables.
1654 Sat Jun 8 07:11:26 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
1656 * combine.c (simplify_and_const_int): Detect and remove redundant
1657 alignment operation.
1658 (significant_bits, case REG): Realize that the stack pointer might
1660 (significant_bits, case PLUS, MUNUS, MULT, DIV, UDIV): Track low-order
1661 bits of zero as well as high-order zero bits (so we detect alignment
1663 (record_value_for_reg): If updating a register, try to substitute its
1664 old value into the expression for better tracking of values.
1666 * a29k.md (fmac/dmac): Delete incorrect patterns.
1668 Thu Jun 6 19:08:29 1991 Sean Fagan (sef at cygint.cygnus.com)
1670 * final.c (output_source_line): Say we are on line number 1 if
1671 sdb_begin_function_line is -1, not 0.
1673 Thu Jun 6 08:01:05 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
1675 * stor-layout.c (get_best_mode): Don't assume GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode)
1676 is UNITS_PER_WORD; if SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS defined, try to return the
1677 mode whose size is UNITS_PER_WORD.
1679 * sparc.md (floatsisf2, floatsidf2): Add missing mode for
1680 operand 1; use const_int_operand as predicate.
1682 * cse.c (canon_reg): Add arg INSN; if replacing a pseudo with a hard
1683 register or vice versa, use validate_change to ensure the insn
1685 All callers changed; most pass zero since they validate replacement.
1686 (cse_insn): Use validate_change on result of canon_reg when
1689 * c-common.c (combine_strings): Use WCHAR_BYTES instead of
1690 UNIT_PER_WORD for the size of a wide char.
1692 * emit-rtl.c (gen_lowpart_common): Always extract integral modes
1693 from integer CONST_INTs and CONST_DOUBLEs.
1695 * integrate.c (copy_for_inline, copy_rtx_and_substitute): Don't
1696 try to extract a float from a fixed-mode CONST_DOUBLE.
1697 (copy_for_inline, copy_rtx_and_substitute, restore_constants):
1698 Declare target of REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE to be REAL_VALUE_TYPE.
1700 * local-alloc.c (update_equiv_regs): Fix typo in testing
1703 Wed Jun 5 09:15:09 1991 Ken Raeburn (raeburn at watch.com)
1705 * Eliminate unneeded binding levels when overloading template class
1707 * cplus-pt.c (overload_template_name): Accept second argument
1708 classlevel, indicating that new decl should be pushed into current
1709 class binding level; otherwise, assume current level is okay to use.
1711 (undo_template_name_overload): New second argument classlevel
1712 indicates where binding for variable was made. Callers changed.
1714 * cplus-parse.y (structsp): Call undo_template_name_overload in all
1717 * Get interface/implementation flags set properly on methods in
1718 class templates, and use it:
1719 * cplus-lex.c (store_pending_inline): If inside a class, walk up
1720 through nested classes to top level looking for template parameters.
1721 For class methods, use current interface flag settings rather than
1723 (extract_interface_info): No longer static.
1724 (do_pending_inlines, process_next_inline): Call
1725 extract_interface_info to get interface flags set properly after
1726 changing file names.
1727 * cplus-pt.c (instantiate_class_template): Ditto.
1728 (end_template_instantiation): Ditto.
1729 (do_pending_expansions): If interface/implementation flags of
1730 containing class are set, use them.
1731 * cplus-tree.h (interface_unknown): Added declaration.
1733 Wed Jun 5 07:36:44 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
1735 * reload.c (find_reloads_address): Unshare a MEM if its address is
1736 the address of a constant pool location.
1738 * optabs.c (expand_binop): Fix typos in multi-word addition; had
1741 * reload1.c (alter_reg): Correctly delete insn that makes a REG
1742 equivalent to a MEM in the case where the MEM is the SET_DEST.
1744 * a29k.md (negdf2): Add missing alternative in operands 2.
1745 (movdi): Change "i" constraint to "n".
1746 Split for constant integer as input; split cannot fail.
1747 Correct typo in DEFINE_SPLIT (DFmode for DImode).
1748 * out-a29k.c (gen_reg_or_integer_constant_operand): New function.
1750 * configure: Fix typo in reference to tm-sun3-nfp.h.
1752 Wed Jun 5 06:56:10 1991 Matthew Self (mself at next.com)
1754 * c-parse.y, objc-parse.y (attrib): Always pass aligned attribute
1755 through. Return $1 on failure rather than NULL_TREE for consistency.
1757 * c-common.c (decl_attributes): Warn if requested alignment is not
1758 a power of two. Also warn if decl is not a VAR_DECL or a FIELD_DECL,
1759 since specifying alignment makes no sense for a TYPE_DECL, and is
1760 not implemented for a FUNCTION_DECL.
1762 * c-parse.y, objc-parse.y (initdcl, notype_initdcl): Call
1763 decl_attributes before finish_decl in order for alignment attribute
1766 * varasm.c (assemble_variable): Warn if DECL_ALIGN is greater than
1767 MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT, if defined. This allows errors to be
1768 detected with formats like a.out which support a maximum alignment
1771 * c-parse.y, objc-parse.y (component_declarator): Call decl_attributes
1774 * stor-layout.c (layout_record, layout_union): Do not clamp struct
1775 alignment at BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT, since individual fields may have
1776 requested greater alignment than this. This check shouldn't have
1777 done anything anyway.
1779 * c-parse.y (unary_expr): When alignof is applied to an expression,
1780 call c_alignof_expr so that we can check DECL_ALIGN instead of calling
1781 c_alignof (TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (expr))).
1783 * c-typeck.c (c_alignof_expr): New function to compute alignof for
1784 expr's. Returns DECL_ALIGN for VAR_DECL's and FIELD_DECL's. Also
1785 return 1 after reporting error about applying alignof to bitfields.
1787 * c-tree.h (c_alignof_expr): Add declaration.
1789 * varasm.c (assemble_variable): MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT defaults to
1790 BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT if not defined in config.h.
1792 Wed Jun 5 06:55:12 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
1794 * m88k.md (mov*): Change the interface to emit_move_sequence.
1795 * out-m88k.c (emit_move_sequence): Similar to the sparc version.
1797 * tm-m88k.h (SIZE_TYPE): Specify as unsigned int.
1799 * xm-m88k.h (HOST_BITS_PER_LONGLONG): Define.
1801 Wed Jun 5 01:45:07 1991 Sean Fagan (sef at cygint.cygnus.com)
1803 * sdbout.c (sdbout_symbol): don't output definition information for
1804 a nested function inside the parent function; this makes COFF
1807 Tue Jun 4 17:35:13 1991 Sean Fagan (sef at cygint.cygnus.com)
1809 * function.c (trampoline_address): make the RTL_EXPR node temporary,
1810 not momentary, so that the trampoline_list doesn't become garbage.
1811 Fix made by jim wilson (wilson@cygnus.com).
1813 Tue Jun 4 09:40:59 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
1815 * expr.c (move_block_to_reg): Fix typo in last change.
1817 * local-alloc.c (update_equiv_regs): Check for reg_n_refs == 2,
1820 * reorg.c (fill_simple_delay_slots): Clear INSN_DELETED_P on insns
1821 placed in current_function_epilogue_delay_list.
1823 * make-rs6000 (ALLOCA_FLAGS, ALLOCA_FINISH): Add override to
1824 compensate for the fact that the RS/6000 C compiler has no -S.
1826 * out-rs6000.c (easy_fp_constant): Use operand_subword.
1827 (print_operand): Use INT_P and INT_LOWPART to allow accepting both
1828 CONST_INT and CONST_DOUBLE for integers.
1830 * rs6000.md (floatsidf2, floatunssidf2): Rework these to emit only
1831 two insns, each of which has DImode or DFmode operands. Then
1832 split the funny DImode insn to generate it.
1833 (fix_truncdfsi2, fixuns_truncdfsi2): Surround our call with
1834 REG_LIBCALL/REG_RETVAL notes.
1835 Use operand_subword.
1836 (movsf, movdf): Correctly handle a pseudo passed during reload.
1837 Use operand_subword.
1838 Split moves involving "easy" FP constants.
1839 (subtract-and-branch): Disable for now, to avoid output reload in jump.
1841 * tm-rs6000.h (WCHAR_TYPE): Add definition.
1842 (INT_REGNO_P): Fix typo; register 31 is a normal register.
1843 (LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P): The only FP constants that are valid are
1846 * a29k.md (negdf2): Use XOR when not involving accumulator.
1847 Add SCRATCH so we dont use gr122.
1848 Handle case where input and output are same register.
1849 (negsf2): Use SCRATCH.
1850 (DImode operations): Use operand_subword, not gen_{low,high}_part.
1851 (movsf, movdf, movdi): Always split if we can look inside CONST_DOUBLE.
1852 Use operand_subword.
1853 Don't split into separate words in DEFINE_EXPAND.
1854 * out-a29k.c (in_operand): Account for fact that integer CONST_DOUBLE
1856 (extract_subword): Deleted.
1857 (print_operand): Add macros INT_P and INT_LOWPART so we can accept
1858 either CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE.
1860 * romp.md (movdi, movdf, negsf2, negdf2): Use operand_subword and
1861 operand_subword_force, instead of gen_{high,low}part.
1862 Use force_const_mem instead of force_const_double_mem.
1864 * m88k.md (movdi): Remove 'F' constraint; 'n' now includes integer
1866 (anddi3, iordi3, xordi3): Likewise.
1867 Use operand_subword to extract individual words.
1868 * out-m88k.c (output_load_const_{float,double,dimode}): Use
1871 * Makefile.in (emit-rtl.o): Now includes expr.h.
1872 * calls.c (expand_call): Pass mode to move_block_to_reg.
1873 * combine.c (subst, case SUBREG): Simplify SUBREG of hard register
1874 and some SUBREGs of constants.
1875 (gen_lowpart_for_combine): If object is desired mode, always return it.
1876 Use gen_lowpart_common for most cases; just support MEM and
1877 surrounding with a SUBREG here.
1878 * cse.c (insert): CONSTANT_P includes CONST_DOUBLE.
1879 (fold_rtx): Use MODE for GET_MODE (X).
1880 (fold_rtx, case SUBREG): Handle simple cases of folding SUBREGs.
1881 (fold_rtx, case MEM): Use operand_subword and gen_lowpart_if_possible
1882 to get parts of constant instead of gen_lowpart and gen_highpart.
1883 (gen_lowpart_if_possible): Use gen_lowpart_common for most cases.
1884 * expr.c: Include expr.h.
1885 (gen_lowpart_common): New function, from gen_lowpart.
1886 (gen_lowpart): Use gen_lowpart_common for most cases; just handle MEM.
1887 (gen_highpart): Deleted.
1888 (subreg_lowpart_p): Test WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN in `if', not `#if'.
1889 (operand_subword, operand_subword_force): New functions.
1890 * explow.c (plus_constant): Handle adding CONST_INT to CONST_DOUBLE.
1891 Rework to use switch statement.
1892 Remove obsolete OLD_INDEXING code.
1893 (plus_constant_for_output): Use plus_constant for most cases.
1894 (break_out_memory_refs): Refine which constants get broken out.
1895 * expmed.c (store_bit_field, extract_bit_field): Don't use
1896 gen_highpart for multi-word fields; instead, loop and use
1897 operand_subword. We now support fields more than two words long.
1898 (mask_rtx, lshift_value): Just pass high and low words to
1899 immed_double_const; it will mask and choose CONST_INT vs. CONST_DOUBLE.
1900 * expr.c (convert_move): Use operand_subword instead of gen_highpart.
1901 Don't assume GET_MODE_SIZE (DImode) > UNITS_PER_WORD.
1902 (move_block_to_reg): Add MODE arg.
1903 Use operand_subword_force.
1904 (move_block_from_reg): Use operand_subword.
1905 (move_block_from_reg, move_block_to_reg, use_rgs):
1906 Don't assume GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode) == UNITS_PER_WORD.
1907 (emit_move_insn, emit_push_insn): Likewise.
1908 Use operand_subword and operand_subword_force.
1909 (expand_expr, case INTEGER_CST): Just call immed_double_const.
1910 (expand_expr, cases FIX_TRUNC_EXPR, FLOAT_EXPR): Don't assume
1911 GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode) == UNITS_PER_WORD.
1912 (expand_builtin): Likewise.
1913 (do_jump_by_parts_{greater,equality): Likewise.
1914 Use operand_subword_force.
1915 * expr.h (operand_subword): Remove declaration from here.
1916 (validize_mem): Add missing declaration.
1917 * final.c (final_scan_insn): If assembler code string is "#",
1919 Ignore insns with INSN_DELETED_P set.
1920 (alter_subreg): Remove erroneous code for CONST_DOUBLE.
1921 (output_addr_const): Integer CONST_DOUBLEs are now VOIDmode.
1922 * fold-const.c (add_double): No longer static.
1923 * integrate.c (copy_for_inline, copy_rtx_and_substitute):
1924 Use validize_mem to validate force_const_mem's result.
1925 (subst_constants, case SUBREG): Use operand_subword and
1926 gen_lowpart_common instead of gen_lowpart and gen_highpart.
1927 (restore_constants): Don't assume all CONST_DOUBLEs are floating.
1928 Use validize_mem to validate force_const_mem's result.
1929 * optabs.c (expand_binop,, expand_unop): Don't assume
1930 GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode) == UNITS_PER_WORD.
1931 Use operand_subword_force.
1932 (operand_subword): Deleted from here. New version in emit-rtl.c.
1933 * recog.c (validate_replace_rtx_1): Check for any constant,
1935 (constrain_operands, case 'm', 'o'): Any constant OK if strict < 0.
1936 (constrain_operands, case 'E'): Must have host and target word sizes
1938 (constrain_operands, case 's', 'n'): CONST_DOUBLE can be integer.
1939 * reload.c (find_reloads, case 'm', 'o', 'E', 's', 'n'): Likewise.
1940 Don't call force_const_double_mem; use force_const_mem instead.
1941 (find_reloads_toplev): Likewise.
1942 Use gen_lowpart_common to get low part of constant.
1943 * rtl.h (gen_highpart, force_const_double_mem): Deleted.
1944 (gen_lowpart_common, operand_subword, operand_subword_force):
1946 * varasm.c (const_double_chain): Renamed from real_constant_chain.
1947 (immed_double_const): For integer constants, perform any needed
1948 masking and make either CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE.
1949 (force_const_double_mem): Deleted; would need a mode arg added
1950 which would make it almost identical to force_const_mem.
1951 * out-vax.c (split_quadword_operands): Use operand_subword instead
1952 of gen_lowpart and gen_highpart.
1954 * function.c (find_replacement): New function.
1955 (fixup_var_refs_insns): Pass pointer to listhead of (new)
1956 fixup_replacement structures; if any entries were pseudos, copy from
1957 memory to the pseudo.
1958 (fixup_var_refs_1): New arg REPLACEMENTS; provide that arg in
1960 Use find_replacements to ensure we don't break any MATCH_DUPs.
1962 Tue Jun 4 05:07:53 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygint.cygnus.com)
1964 * stmt.c (pushcase, pushcase_range): Take new parameter DUPLICATE.
1965 Use this to store existing LABEL_DECL if LABEL is a duplicate.
1966 * c-parse.y, cplus-parse.y, objc-parse.y, stmt.c: All callers
1969 Mon Jun 3 17:19:40 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygint.cygnus.com)
1971 * cplus-expr.c (decl_in_memory_p): New function.
1972 * cplus-typeck.c (mark_addressable): Test `decl_in_memory_p' instead
1973 of testing memory_operand, since the DECL_RTL of a decl may be a
1974 (MEM ...) by not a valid memory address.
1976 * cplus-typeck.c (mark_addressable): When we decide that a static
1977 const variable must go to memory, make sure that its rtl is
1978 allocated from the correct obstack.
1980 * cplus-decl.c (grokdeclarator): Replace undocumented BREAK_C_TAGS
1981 #define control with comments explaining why or how it is correct
1982 for GNU C++ to break C's notions of what a tag is.
1984 * cplus-call.c (convert_harshness): Replace undocumented #if
1985 AMBIGUOUS_WORKING control with a comment explaining the actions
1986 where this control used to be.
1988 Mon Jun 3 15:07:47 1991 Sean Eric Fagan (sef at kithrup)
1990 * tm-i386.h (TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE): Changed a 040 to 0xe0;
1991 this is the proper code for a jmp [%eax] instruction.
1993 Mon Jun 3 08:07:42 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
1995 * cccp.c (initialize_builtins): Install __SIZE__TYPE__,
1996 __PTRDIFF_TYPE__, and __WCHAR__TYPE__ as builtins.
1998 Sun Jun 2 18:18:19 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
2000 * flow.c (mark_set_1): Don't set LAST_MEM_SET from a MEM that has any
2001 side-effects (such as auto-inc), not just volatile MEMs.
2003 * rtlanal.c (reg_referenced_p): New function.
2004 * combine.c (try_combine): Correct test for added_sets_1 to account
2005 for case where I1 and I2 both feed I3.
2006 (distribute_notes): Don't interpret setting a reg as a use of the
2007 reg; use new reg_referenced_p and simplify code.
2009 * flow.c (propagate_block): Ensure that LOOP_DEPTH is correct at all
2010 insns in a basic block, otherwise reg_n_refs will be set incorrectly.
2012 * recog.c (validate_replace_rtx_1): Don't change mode of memory
2013 reference that is mode-dependent.
2014 Don't make a MEM with a larger mode than original.
2016 * combine.c (try_combine): Disable code to check MODES_TIEABLE_P
2017 added May 20th and 22nd; this should not be needed now that
2018 LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS has been added to reload.
2020 * flow.c (mark_set_1): Allow for the fact that stack pushes don't have
2022 * local-alloc.c (optimize_reg_copy): Likewise.
2023 Don't change lives of hard registers #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES.
2024 A USE of a register must not be changed.
2025 (validate_equiv_mem): Don't make an equivalence to volatile MEMs.
2027 * reorg.c (mark_set_resources): #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING, mark SP as always
2028 set since the insn might have a (pre_dec sp).
2030 Sun Jun 2 16:03:31 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2032 * Makefile.in (libg_dir): Variable deleted.
2033 (install-gnulib): Don't bother creating libg.a.
2035 * cccp.c (size_type_string, etc.): Variables deleted.
2036 (special_symbol): Use macros SIZE_TYPE, etc., directly.
2038 Sat Jun 1 12:54:05 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2040 * Let tm.h specify types for size_t, ptrdiff_t and wchar_t.
2041 (SIZE_TYPE, PTRDIFF_TYPE, WCHAR_TYPE): New params.
2042 * cccp.c, c-decl.c: Provide default definitions of the new params.
2043 * cccp.c (__SIZE_TYPE__, __PTRDIFF_TYPE__, __WCHAR_TYPE__): Builtins.
2044 (special_symbol): Implement them based on new params.
2045 * stddef.h (size_t, ptrdiff_t, wchar_t): Declare using those builtins.
2046 * c-tree.h (ptrdiff_type_node): Declare variable.
2047 * c-decl.c (init_decl_processing): Use *_TYPE params
2048 to control setting of sizetype, wchar_type_node and ptrdiff_type_node.
2049 * c-typeck.c (pointer_diff): Take result type from ptrdiff_type_node.
2051 * configure (target1): Really change / to -.
2053 Sat Jun 1 02:49:04 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
2055 * cplus-lex.c (extract_interface_info): Now non-static. Called
2056 whenever INPUT_FILENAME changes.
2057 * cplus-pt.c (instantiate_class_template): Call
2058 `extract_interface_info' when switching files.
2059 * cplus-input.c (getch): Ditto.
2061 * combine.c (subst): Don't change the mode of memory access for
2064 * tm-sparc.h (CONST_COSTS): Fix typo in computing cost of
2065 CONST_DOUBLE for DImode integers.
2067 Fri May 31 16:11:57 1991 Ken Raeburn (raeburn at watch.com)
2069 * cplus-lex.c (process_next_inline): Set line number and filename if
2070 more inline data is to be processed.
2071 (store_pending_inline): Treat FUNCTION_TYPE like METHOD_TYPE. Use
2072 current_class_type instead of extracting it from method type; the
2073 two should be the same, and the latter doesn't work for statics.
2075 * cplus-decl.c (start_decl): When constructing templates, use
2076 original name of function rather than "mangled" name. Look for
2077 FUNCTION_DECL, not FUNCTION_TYPE, when deciding how to push the
2079 (start_method): Default inlining does not apply to template
2082 * cplus-pt.c (pending_template_expansions): Moved declaration to
2084 (tsubst): For FUNCTION_DECL, use original name of source, not
2086 (instantiate_template): Local variables now non-static. Fill in
2087 pending-inline field of new decl, rather than template-info, and
2088 chain into either pending-inlines or pending-template-expansions.
2090 * cplus-typeck.c (build_x_function_call): If a template is found,
2091 treat it as an overloaded declaration.
2093 Fri May 31 14:20:45 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2095 * Makefile.in (all.cross): New target.
2096 * configure: If cross-compiling, change `ALL' to use all.cross.
2098 Fri May 31 11:43:31 1991 Matthew Self (mself at next.com)
2100 * tm-next.h (EXTRA_SECTION_FUNCTIONS):
2101 Add new constructor and destructor sections.
2102 (MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT): Define as 2^15 for Mach-O.
2103 (ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN): Use .align, not .even. Allow alignments > 2.
2104 (CPP_PREDEFINES): Added -Dm68k since some code expects this.
2106 Fri May 31 05:41:51 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygint.cygnus.com)
2108 * cplus-class.c (pushclass): New argument value for MODIFY accepted.
2109 * cplus-decl2.c (build_push_scope): Call `pushclass' with MODIFY == 3.
2111 * cplus-decl.c (finish_function): Set TREE_PUBLIC and TREE_EXTERNAL
2112 bits on functions according to #pragma interface/implementation,
2113 regardless of whether or not the function's inline. This fixes the
2114 bug of needless code replication with -fno-inline.
2116 Thu May 30 17:39:53 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2118 * expr.c (expand_expr):
2119 Don't lose volatility of fields in COMPONENT_REF.
2121 Thu May 30 17:36:45 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
2123 * cse.c (count_reg_usage, delete_dead_from_cse): New functions.
2124 * toplev.c (rest_of_compilation): Call delete_dead_from_cse immediately
2125 after the first cse pass.
2127 * local-alloc.c (validate_equiv_mem_from_store, validate_equiv_mem):
2128 New functions, to find cases where a REG is equivalent to a MEM.
2129 (optimize_reg_copy): New function.
2130 (update_equiv_regs): Call these new functions.
2131 Look for a register used in only one basic block being stored into
2133 Keep track of loop depth so we can find regs used only once, but
2135 * reload1.c (reload): Use single_set when looking for an insn
2136 that initializes a register.
2137 If making a REG equivalent to a MEM, the insn with SET_DEST being
2138 the register isn't always the one making the equivalence, since the
2139 equivalence might be occurring due to a store into MEM; in that
2140 case set reg_equiv_init to the latter insn.
2142 Thu May 30 14:23:01 1991 Ken Raeburn (raeburn at watch.com)
2144 * Pending expansions processed at end-of-file can be processed out
2145 of order, so freeing the associated data from the obstacks is not
2147 * cplus-tree.h (struct pending_inline): New field can_free
2148 indicates whether to free the text after processing it.
2149 * cplus-lex.c (do_pending_inline, process_next_inline): If
2150 can_free flag is set, specify inline-text obstack, otherwise null
2152 (cons_up_default_function): Clear flag.
2153 (reinit_parse_for_method): Set it.
2154 (store_pending_inline): Clear it when changing obstacks.
2155 (pending_template_obstack): Deleted. References changed to use
2158 * cplus-lex.c (store_pending_inline): Set DECL_PENDING_INLINE_INFO
2159 value after swapping obstacks, not before.
2161 Thu May 30 07:23:18 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
2163 * va-sparc.h: Has to be a char * to be compatible with Sun.
2164 i.e., we have to pass a `va_list' to vsprintf. Also, fixed
2165 bug in passing vararg structs.
2167 Thu May 30 00:32:18 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2169 * configure: Delete Makefile.tem before writing it.
2171 * stor-layout.c (layout_record):
2172 Ignore PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS for incomplete type.
2174 * fixincludes (stdtypes.h): Handle wchar_t like the other types.
2176 * function.c (assign_parms): Don't declare args_so_far register.
2178 Wed May 29 15:13:05 1991 Ken Raeburn (raeburn at watch.com)
2180 * cplus-tree.def (TEMPLATE_PARM_IDX): Deleted.
2181 (TEMPLATE_TYPE_PARM): New node type, looks like a type node.
2182 (TEMPLATE_CONST_PARM): New node type, looks like a const node.
2184 * cplus-tree.h (IDENTIFIER_TYPE_VALUE_PTR): Inlined under gcc.
2185 (TYPE_IDENTIFIER_PTR): Ditto.
2186 (DECL_NESTED_TYPENAME_PTR): Ditto.
2187 (struct lang_type): New bitfield `use_template'.
2188 (CLASSTYPE_USE_TEMPLATE): Accessor macro for above.
2189 (struct lang_decl): New field `template_info'.
2190 (DECL_TEMPLATE_INFO): Accessor macro for above.
2191 (TEMPLATE_EXPANSION_NAME_P): Deleted.
2192 (push_overloaded_decl_top_level): Added declaration.
2193 (TEMPLATE_TYPE_TPARMLIST, TEMPLATE_TYPE_IDX,
2194 TEMPLATE_TYPE_SET_INFO, TEMPLATE_CONST_TPARMLIST,
2195 TEMPLATE_CONST_IDX, TEMPLATE_CONST_SET_INFO): New macros for
2196 accessing fields of TEMPLATE_..._PARM nodes.
2197 (struct pending_inline): New fields for names and values to bind
2198 to them while processing.
2199 (struct template_info): Definition moved here from cplus-pt.c.
2200 (instantiate_template): Added declaration.
2201 (instantiate_class_template): Ditto.
2202 (processing_template_{decl,defn}): New variable declarations.
2204 * print-tree.c (print_node): Provide missing argument to
2205 print_node for `bitpos' field. Display `virtual' flag, and (for
2206 function and method types) `class' field; these are only used by
2207 C++ that I'm aware of, but are defined in common code, so they
2208 should be displayed here.
2210 * cplus-parse.y (template_def): Separate set of derivations, for
2211 class and function templates. Template_def is a type of extdef;
2212 extern_lang_string before template_def is not permitted.
2213 (fn_tmpl_end): New nonterminal, anything that signals the end of
2214 the portion of a template that we should parse.
2215 (yyprint): Define only if YYDEBUG. Handle TYPESPEC.
2216 (datadef): Complain at class template override declaration if that
2217 specialization has already been produced by expansion. Template
2218 definitions no longer belong here.
2219 (tmpl.2): Always call instantiate_class_template; let it decide
2220 whether or not to go through with it.
2221 (template_instantiation): Put decl in global scope only if not
2223 (typespec, scoped_typename): Scoped typename inside template type
2224 should be a scoped_typename, not a typespec. However, a
2225 template_type should be allowed as a typespec.
2226 (structsp): Don't undo template name overload here. Deleted
2227 derivation from template_type.
2228 (named_class_head_sans_basetype): Don't overload template name.
2230 (notype_declarator): For scoped_id derivations, don't call
2231 build_push_scope if the scoped_id is a SCOPE_REF.
2232 (scoped_id): Moved old typespec-from-template_type rule here.
2233 Call resolve_scope_to_name only if template parms aren't involved.
2235 * cplus-pt.c (struct template_info): Definition deleted.
2236 (templates, current_template_info): Variables deleted.
2237 (processing_template_{decl,defn}): New variables.
2238 (push_template_decls, pop_template_decls): Accept parmlist and
2239 arglist as separate arguments, instead of deriving both from the
2240 template. If class_level is non-zero, push and pop a level,
2241 making it transparent to tags. Removed some pointless checks from
2242 pop_template_decls that are only needed in push_template_decls,
2243 and some assertions from both. Callers changed.
2244 (uses_template_parms): Return non-zero iff argument refers to any
2245 TEMPLATE_*_PARM nodes.
2246 (tsubst): Walk tree, substituting for template parms, returning
2248 (type_unification): Rewritten a bit, to make it work. New
2249 argument nsubsts is pointer to place to record number of
2250 substitutions made when matching.
2251 (unify): Renamed from unify1. Rewritten completely, to work.
2252 Still may need extending for some tree node types.
2253 (do_pending_expansions): At end-of-file, expand any templates not
2254 yet expanded which were actually needed. Needs work to accomodate
2256 (process_template_parm): Simplified slightly. Non-type parms
2257 should be marked read-only; aggregate types are not allowed, since
2258 equality checks don't work.
2259 (end_template_parm_list): Moved to after process_template_parm.
2260 Push a level, and push decls for TEMPLATE_*_PARMs. Set
2261 processing_template_decl flag.
2262 (end_template_decl): For non-class templates, build a
2263 TEMPLATE_DECL and store the regular decl in its result field.
2264 Context and other values get copied over too. Call poplevel to
2265 get rid of the TEMPLATE_*_PARM decls, and call
2266 dont_forget_overload to avoid losing the declaration later. Clear
2267 processing_template_decl flag. Call get_pending_sizes, so later
2268 function compilation doesn't try to evaluate sizes of templates.
2269 (mangle_class_name_for_template): Convert type/non-type check from
2270 switch to if test. Added support for ENUMERAL_TYPE, REAL_TYPE,
2271 and POINTER_TYPE parms.
2272 (instantiate_class_template): Renamed from old
2273 instantiate_template. Don't expand if type size is set, or if
2274 being-defined flag is set, or use-template flag is non-zero. If
2275 other-template parms are used in the parm list, construct a simple
2276 RECORD_TYPE node and return it. Catch case of template declared
2277 but not defined before use. Renamed argument from class to
2278 classname. Set processing_template_defn flag.
2279 (instantiate_template): New routine; constructs new decl node
2280 given TEMPLATE_DECL node and template arg vector.
2281 (end_template_instantiation): Set use-template field to 2 ("did
2282 use template"). Clear processing_template_defn flag.
2283 (reinit_parse_for_template): Get template-info ptr from decl node.
2284 Store template parm vector in it.
2285 (pending_template_expansions): List of templates that may need
2286 expanding later for function or class data definitions.
2288 * cplus-method.c (build_overload_value): Ensure tree code is
2289 PARM_DECL. Handle ENUMERAL_TYPE like INTEGER_TYPE. For DImode
2290 values, compare against integer_zero_node instead of constructing
2291 another one. Added support for POINTER_TYPEs. If not
2292 REAL_IS_NOT_DOUBLE, support real values as well.
2293 (build_overload_name): Accept TEMPLATE_*_PARM nodes, but generate
2294 a string that should cause some assembler errors.
2296 * cplus-ptree.c (print_lang_decl): Retrieve template-info from its
2298 (print_lang_type): For TEMPLATE_TYPE_PARM, print its (short) info
2299 and return. For RECORD_TYPE, print use-template and interface-*
2302 * cplus-search.c (push_class_decls): Don't call
2303 push_template_decls; the bindings of template parameter names
2304 should be associated with the template body, not with the class.
2305 Do overload the template name, however.
2306 (pop_class_decls): Don't call pop_template_decls.
2308 * cplus-call.c (build_method_call): Changed to recognize
2309 constructor of template class.
2310 (build_overload_call): Add in number of template substitutions as
2311 extra cost of a candidate function. For template decls, try
2312 unification and instantiation before evaluating cost of result.
2313 This too is incorrect in terms of the spec, but it's a starting
2314 point for later work.
2316 * cplus-class.c (finish_struct): If structure is named, undo
2317 overload of its name as a template.
2318 (pushclass): If prev_class_type was a template class, pop it; the
2319 decls are handled wrong and should be re-entered.
2321 * cplus-decl.c (poplevel): Assert that the current level is not
2323 (push_to_top_level): Include global scope when looking for old
2324 values, because class bindings aren't listed in any other one
2326 (push_overloaded_decl_top_level): New function; like
2327 push_overloaded_decl, but places decl in global binding level.
2328 (dont_forget_overload): New function; removes decl from list of
2329 overloads to be forgotten when scope is exited.
2330 (start_decl): If template parms are used, construct a
2331 TEMPLATE_DECL node referencing the current decl. For function
2332 templates, call push_overloaded_decl; for class template members,
2333 chain them into the class template definition.
2334 (grokdeclarator): Don't try determining size of a
2335 TEMPLATE_CONST_PARM node. For template class-data decls,
2336 construct a phony VAR_DECL node and return it.
2338 * cplus-decl2.c (grokfield): For static class data, use
2339 build_overload_name result, instead of copying class name, since
2340 the latter could be a human-readable template class name. (If
2341 NEW_OVERLOAD_SCHEME is not defined, do this only if the class has
2342 a template-derived name.)
2344 * cplus-lex.c (pending_template_obstack): New variable; obstack
2345 for pending-template stuff to be saved to end-of-file.
2346 (init_lex): Initialize it.
2347 (default_def): New variable; used for default definition of copy
2348 constructors and destructors.
2349 (do_pending_inlines): Figure out whether text is in an obstack,
2350 and which one, for calling feed_input. Push template decls if
2351 needed, as specified in pending_inline data. Pass current
2352 pending_inlines pointer back in PRE_PARSED_FUNCTION_DECL instead
2354 (process_next_inline): Ditto. Pop pending inline data if needed.
2355 (store_pending_inline): New function. Decides which obstack to
2356 store a pending definition on, and which list to chain it into.
2357 (reinit_parse_for_method): Call it.
2358 (reinit_parse_for_block): If character passed in is '=', look for
2359 a semicolon to end the block; don't require a {} block. Don't pad
2360 to 8 bytes on USG, since we aren't feeding input via stdio any
2361 more. Also, use newlines instead of # directives for advancing
2362 line number only a few lines.
2363 (cons_up_default_function): Punt padding for USG stdio, since we
2364 aren't using it any more. Use default_def for definition. Call
2365 store_pending_inline to save it away.
2366 (identifier_type): For TEMPLATE_DECL, DECL_RESULT field non-null
2367 indicates a non-type template, so don't return PTYPENAME.
2368 (yylex): If end-of-file and input isn't redirected, call
2369 do_pending_expansions and maybe start yylex over. Don't check
2370 TEMPLATE_EXPANSION_NAME_P; a proper name transformation system
2371 will eliminate conflicts. Try for SCOPED_TYPENAME with PTYPENAME
2374 Wed May 29 11:48:34 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2376 * cccp.c (do_include): Check that ->control_macro is non-zero.
2378 * gcc.c (process_command): Use `error' in last change.
2380 Wed May 29 11:10:12 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
2382 * m88k.md (movdi): Accept CONST_INT.
2383 * out-m88k.c (output_load_const_dimode): Accept CONST_INT.
2384 (output_call): Don't use #plt for jsr.
2386 Wed May 29 00:51:36 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygint.cygnus.com)
2388 * cplus-type2.c (build_functional_cast): Give error if functional
2389 cast is missing argument.
2391 * cplus-tree.h (interface_unknown): Add a declaration for this
2394 * cplus-type2.c (store_init_value): Normally initialized PIC data
2395 must be laid into the text segment and then copied into the data
2396 segment. But cecause of special things we do for ctors and dtors
2397 (the only things that can reference such things), we can leave
2398 vtables in initialized data space.
2400 * cplus-decl.c (finish_decl): Use #pragma interface knowledge if
2401 available for processing initialized variables of type const.
2403 Tue May 28 18:39:20 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
2405 * sched.c ({true,anti,output}_dependence): Correct MEM_IN_STRUCT_P
2406 code; only avoid conflict if MEM_IN_STRUCT_P ref has varying address.
2408 * protoize.c (stat): Remove declaration of stat; it is defined
2409 differently (no const in arg 1) on some machines.
2411 * combine.c (simplify_shift_const): Avoid infinite loops by quitting
2412 when COUNT becomes zero; delete now-unnecessary tests on COUNT.
2414 * flow.c (last_mem_set): New variable.
2415 (propagate_block): Initialize it.
2416 Show calls can change memory.
2417 (insn_dead_p): Remove unneeded arg STRICT_LOW_OK; don't treat
2418 STRICT_LOW_PART differently than ZERO_EXTRACT.
2419 All callers changed.
2420 If insn stores into the same, nonvolatile, MEM as recorded in
2421 last_mem_set, it is dead.
2422 (mark_set_1): If writing into register mentioned in last_mem_set or
2423 writing into memory, clear last_mem_set.
2424 Record last MEM written.
2425 (find_auto_inc): New function, from mark_used_regs.
2426 Add support for pre-increment and pre-decrement.
2427 (mark_used_regs, case MEM): Clear last_mem_set.
2428 Call find_auto_inc; move code to there.
2429 (mark_used_regs, case SET): Don't call recursively on MEM if it is
2430 SET_DEST, instead call find_auto_inc ourselves.
2432 Tue May 28 17:29:52 1991 Micheal Tiemann (tiemann at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2434 * gnulib1.c (__fixsfsi, __cmpsf2, __extendsfdf2): Add declarations
2437 * gcc.c (default_compilers): Accept `.cxx' as a C++ extension.
2439 Tue May 28 17:05:28 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
2441 * m88k.md (movstrsi): Pass original MEM expressions.
2442 * out-m88k.c (expand_block_move, block_move_{sequence,no_loop,loop}):
2443 Use original MEM expressions to set RTX_UNCHANGING_P, MEM_VOLATILE_P,
2444 and MEM_IN_STRUCT_P.
2446 * out-m88k.c (emit_bcnd): Use bxx when optimizing so jump_optimize
2447 will work on more cases. Change this back when jump_optimize uses
2448 get_condition to find the values being compared.
2450 * m88k.md: Don't use operand0 or operand1.
2452 Tue May 28 16:00:56 1991 Micheal Tiemann (tiemann at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2454 * emit-rtl.c (try_split): Make sure `after' exists before checking
2455 to see if it is a BARRIER.
2457 Tue May 28 15:08:44 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2459 * gcc.c (process_command): Warn if -x follows last input file.
2461 * cccp.c: Don't include file twice if a #ifndef would make it a no-op.
2462 (struct file_name_list): New field, control_macro.
2463 Initialize it where these structures are created.
2464 (struct if_stack): Likewise.
2465 (do_include): If file already known, check its control macro if any.
2466 Don't include the file if the macro is now defined.
2467 (do_xifdef): Detect case of successful #ifndef at start of file.
2468 (condition_skip): Accept macro name as new arg. Record in if_stack.
2469 (do_endif): Detect being effectively at end of file.
2470 (record_control_macro): New function. Called from do_endif.
2472 * calls.c (store_one_arg): Set used after calling push_rounding.
2474 * sparc.md (floating move peepholes): Allow `r' for operand 2.
2476 * arm.md, tm-arm.h, out-arm.c, xm-arm.h: New files.
2477 * configure (arm): New alternative.
2479 Tue May 28 11:53:21 1991 Michael Meissner (meissner at osf.org)
2481 * tm-decstatn.h (CPP_PREDEFINES): Add Ultrix 4.2 support.
2483 * tm-mips.h (cmp_type, branch_cmp, branch_type): Global variables
2484 and type to record what type of comparison is being done.
2485 (mips_print_operand_punct): New array to specify whether a
2486 character is valid for print_operand as punctuation.
2487 (set_nomacro, set_noat, set_noreorder): New variables to record
2488 whether a .set nomacro, .set noat, or .set noreorder has been
2490 (dslots_{filled,total}_{load,jump}): New global variables to
2491 remember how many delay slots exist and are filled for the -mstats
2493 (CC1_SPEC): Combine %{O:...} %{O*:...} cases. For -G32, pass -G
2494 32. Add dummy pattern for -save-temps to avoid error message.
2495 (DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO): Define this all the time.
2496 (SDB_ALLOW_FORWARD_REFERENCES): Define this for MIPS ECOFF support.
2497 (SDB_ALLOW_UNKNOWN_REFERENCES): Define this for MIPS ECOFF support.
2498 (TARGET_SWITCHES): Add -mstats to print interesting statistics.
2499 Add -mmemcpy to force memcpy to be called. Add -mdebug[fghij].
2500 Add -mno- version of switches.
2501 (DATA_ALIGNMENT): Align all char/short arrays/unions/structures,
2502 rather than just char arrays.
2503 (BYTE_LOADS_ZERO_EXTEND): Define this.
2504 (CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P): 'N' returns true if power of 2.
2505 (EXTRA_CONSTRAINT): Redefine 'Q' to be 1 word memory references,
2506 'R' to be multiword memory references.
2507 (struct frame_info): Add initialized field.
2508 (current_frame_info): New global structure to hold frame info.
2509 (INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET): Use current_frame_info.
2510 (INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS): Pass LIBNAME to init_cumulative_args.
2511 (DELAY_SLOTS_FOR_EPILOGUE): Define this to fill j $r31 delay slot.
2512 (ELIGIBLE_FOR_EPILOGUE_DELAY): Ditto.
2513 (ENCODE_SEGMENT_INFO): Don't flag references to 0-sized arrays as
2514 being in the small data segment.
2515 (CONST_COSTS): Reword to be more accurate.
2516 (RTX_COSTS): Define this.
2517 (ADDRESS_COST): Define this.
2518 (CLASS_CMP_OP, CLASS_EQUALITY_OP, CLASS_UNS_CMP_OP): New bits for
2519 rtx_classify to classify various comparison operators.
2520 (FINAL_PRESCAN_INSN): Define this to collect info for -mstats.
2521 (NOTICE_UPDATE_CC): Only do CC_STATUS_INIT if the insn is a
2523 (EXTRA_CC_MODES): Define new modes CC_EQmode, CC_FPmode, CC_0mode.
2524 (EXTRA_CC_NAMES): Define this.
2525 (SELECT_CC_MODE): Define this.
2526 (PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P): Redefine this to index into
2527 mips_print_operand_punct.
2528 (DBR_OUTPUT_SEQEND): Reset .set reorder, .set macro as appropriate.
2530 * out-mips.c (branch_cmp, branch_type): New Global variables
2531 and type to record what type of comparison is being done.
2532 (mips_print_operand_punct): New array to specify whether a
2533 character is valid for print_operand as punctuation.
2534 (set_nomacro, set_noat, set_noreorder): New variables to record
2535 whether a .set nomacro, .set noat, or .set noreorder has been
2537 (dslots_{filled,total}_{load,jump}): New global variables to
2538 remember how many delay slots exist and are filled for the -mstats
2540 (reg_or_0_operand): Rewrite to add support for CONST_DOUBLE.
2541 (mips_const_double_ok): Allow normal FP constants (not Infinity,
2542 Nan, etc) to be used as operands when using the MIPS assembler.
2543 (simple_memory_operand): Combine GP memory references from
2544 gp_memory_operand. Delete gp_memory_operand.
2545 (equality_op): Return true if EQ or NE.
2546 (cmp_op): Return true if comparison operator.
2547 (uns_cmp_op): Return true if unsigned comparison.
2548 (mips_move_1word): New name for mips_move_instructions. Also, loads
2549 of HImode/QImode use unsigned loads, rather than signed loads, so
2550 that BYTE_LOADS_ZERO_EXTEND can be defined. Use %z to get name of
2551 $0, instead of hardwiring it. Explicitly use lui where appropriate.
2552 (mips_move_2words): New name for mips_move_2words_instructions. Use
2553 %z to get name of $0, instead of hardwiring it.
2554 (mips_address_cost): New function to define ADDRESS_COST macro.
2555 (gen_conditional_branch): New function to generate all of the tests
2557 (block_move_sequence): New function to generate straight line code
2559 (block_move_call): New function to set up a call to memcpy/bcopy as
2560 appropriate for block moves.
2561 (expand_block_move): New function which is called from the movstrsi
2562 define_expand, to set up block moves. At present, unless -mmemcpy
2563 is used, moves of less than 32 bytes, get straight line code, all
2565 (init_cumulative_args): Take libname as third argument.
2566 (function_arg_partial_nregs): Fix bug, to not return a negative
2567 number when passing small structs in registers.
2568 (compare_collect, compare_restore): Remove these functions, since
2569 they are no longer called.
2570 (override_options): Initialize mips_rtx_classify for all of the
2571 comparison operator bits. Initialize mips_print_operand_punct to
2572 return TRUE for each of the valid punctuation characters used in
2574 (print_operand): %X now prints 32 bit ints in hex format. %z now
2575 prints $0 if the operand is the constant integer 0. %(, %) now turn
2576 on/off both .set noreorder/.set nomacro. %<, %> turns on/off .set
2577 nomacro. %* turns on both .set noreorder and .set nomacro if
2578 filling delay slots. %! turns on .set nomacro if filling delay
2580 (compute_frame_size, save_restore, function_prologue,
2581 function_epilogue): Change the calling sequence of
2582 compute_frame_size to save everything in a global structure, which
2583 has an initialized field to indicate that compute_frame_size needs
2585 (function_prologue): INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS now takes 3 args.
2586 (function_epilogue): If current_function_epilogue_delay_list is
2587 non-null, use that to fill the final delay slot. Also, make sure
2588 the various asm .set's are reset properly. Write interesting
2589 statistics out to stderr if -mstats.
2590 (mips_epilogue_delay_slots): New function to return # of delay slots
2592 (null_epilogue): Return true if the function has a null epilogue,
2593 which allows the optimizer to omit jumps to the final j $31 if no
2596 * mips.md (type attribute): Redo how the type attributes work, and
2598 (mode attribute): New attribute to describe the insn's result mode.
2599 (length attribute): New attribute to give insn length in words.
2600 (dslot attribute): New attribute to return whether an insn needs a
2602 (define_delay): Use dslot and length attributes to determine if a
2603 delay slot is needed.
2604 (define_function_unit): Define all of the function units now.
2605 (all patterns): Provide new attribute definitions.
2606 (all memory reference patterns): modify alternatives to use 'Q' for
2607 1 word instructions, 'R' for multiword instructions.
2608 (unnamed patterns): Provide names for all patterns, so that -dp will
2609 pinpoint exactly which pattern is used.
2610 (*divsi3, *divmodsi4, *modsi3): If optimizing and not -mdebugc, use
2611 the *divmodsi4 patterns, so that the opimizer will only use 1 divide
2612 if doing a = b / c; d = b % c; This replaces the peepholes, which
2613 previously were used for this. If not optimizing, use the normal
2615 (zero_extendqihi2, extendqihi2): Allow zero/sign extending from
2617 (fixuns_trunc{df,sf}si2): Use generator patterns to generate
2618 appropriate branches.
2619 (movsi_ulw, movsi_usw): New patterns to generate the appropriate
2620 unaligned load/store for use in the block move expansion.
2621 (mov*): Provide all possible combinations of moves.
2622 (movstrsi): New pattern to generate block moves.
2623 (negsi2): Change to a define_expand, which uses minus.
2624 (one_cmpsli2): Change to a define_expand, which use the nor pattern.
2625 (cmp*, b*): Redo comparison/branch completely to save things in
2626 global variables, call the common C code to expand the branch, and
2627 provide match_operators to do the actual branch.
2628 (s*): Provide for the ability to set a register with an integer
2629 comparison, without using a branch.
2631 * make-decrose (AUX_OUTPUT2): Delete macro, since aux-output.c is
2632 always compiled separately now.
2633 (LANGUAGES): Suppress G++, Objc temporarily.
2634 (cse.o): Rebuild cse if the config files change, to get new cost
2635 functions, no longer rebuild calls/function since the FUNCTION_ARG
2636 macros just call functions in out-mips.c.
2637 (SRCS): Change $(AUX_OUTPUT2_SRC) to aux-output.c.
2639 * make-mips (AUX_OUTPUT2): Delete macro, since aux-output.c is
2640 always compiler separately now.
2641 (CONFIG2_H): Add rules to rebuild selected modules when the
2642 tm-mips.h file changes.
2643 (mips-tfile): Rules to build mips-tfile.
2644 (mips-tdump): Rules to build mips-tdump.
2645 (LANGUAGES): Suppress G++, Objc temporarily, build mips-tfile.
2647 * mips-tfile.c (whole file): New file to put the MIPS specific debug
2648 information into the object file, after the assembler has been run.
2649 This is needed because the MIPS assembler provides no method of
2650 setting up the debug information for local variables. This is
2651 enabled by the make-mips Makefile modifier.
2653 * mips-tdump.c (whole file): New file to dump the contents of the
2654 MIPS ECOFF symbol table in a symbolic format. This is not currently
2655 built by default, but make-mips contains rules to build it.
2657 * tm-decrose.h (MD_EXEC_PREFIX): Change to use the test prefix
2658 /usr/ccs/gcc-2.00/gcc- instead of the release prefix /usr/ccs/gcc.
2659 (WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE): Define as 16.
2660 (WCHAR_UNSIGNED): Define as 1.
2661 (DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO): Define moved to tm-mips.h.
2664 Tue May 28 06:26:44 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
2666 * expmed.c (store_bit_field, extract_bit_field): If -fforce-mem
2667 specified, copy OP0 into register (and back again, for store).
2669 * sched.c (memrefs_conflict_p, {true,anti,output}_dependence): Add
2672 * reload.c (find_reloads): Turn usage of reg_preferred_class back on
2673 now that the code has been refined.
2675 Mon May 27 12:41:14 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2677 * c-typeck.c (build_binary_op_nodefault): Set converted for shifts,
2678 so op1 is not converted to the result type.
2679 Clean up some warning messages.
2681 * expr.c (expand_expr): Use temp stack slot for BLKmode SAVE_EXPR.
2683 * Makefile.in (alloca.o): Use new vars ALLOCA_FLAGS and ALLOCA_FINISH.
2685 Mon May 27 05:42:20 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
2687 * sched.c ({read,true,anti,output}_dependence): Remove unused arg INSN.
2688 All callers changed.
2690 * combine.c (subst, case PLUS): Fix typo in (plus (plus X C) Y) case.
2691 (subst, case MULT): Distribute MULT over PLUS to try to simplify it.
2693 Mon May 27 05:15:16 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygint.cygnus.com)
2695 * tm-sparc.h (GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS): Don't accept a SYMBOL_REF
2696 sum if FLAG_PIC is not 1. This forces the -fPIC to take effect,
2697 even when the optimizer knows how to stitch together HIGH and LO_SUM
2699 (PRINT_OPERAND): Move body to out-sparc.c.
2700 * out-sparc.c (print_operand): New function, implementing actions of
2701 old PRINT_OPERAND macro. Comments written for all cases.
2702 (reg_unused_after): Don't do anything special with JUMP_INSNs. Only
2703 do something special with CALL_INSN if REGNO is a call-used reg.
2705 * cplus-type2.c (store_init_value): Back out 23 Feb change, which
2706 was completely backward.
2708 * dbxout.c, cplus-dbxout.c (dbxout_parms): Also test that TREE_TYPE
2709 (PARMS) is not ERROR_MARK_NODE.
2711 * cplus-init.c (build_up_reference): Check FLAGS parameter to see if
2712 we can accept building a reference to a constructor-generated
2714 (various places): Change calls to `build_up_reference' that used to
2715 use an explicit `1' to use LOOKUP_PROTECT instead.
2716 (build_offset_ref): Use IDENTIFIER_TYPE_VALUE macro to the the type
2717 associated with CNAME.
2719 * cplus-class.c (build_vbase_path): Fix 11 May change by only
2720 changing TREE_TYPE (EXPR) if NULL_EXPR. We might build different
2721 vbase paths for the same expr in multiple inheritance
2724 * Makefile.in: Change sed script so it matches '^# ' instead of just
2725 '^#'. This allows processing of md files with #if/#endif controls
2726 in their C function bodies.
2728 * cplus-tree.c (build_cplus_new): Set TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS on RVAL.
2730 * stmt.c (warn_if_unused_value): Don't warn about EXIT_EXPRs.
2731 (expand_decl_cleanup): Add missing type declarations for parameters.
2733 * cplus-call.c, cplus-class.c, cplus-dbxout.c, cplus-edsel.c: Include
2734 stdio.h after cplus-tree.h since the latter references printf.
2735 * cplus-search.c, cplus-xref.c: Likewise.
2736 * cplus-class.c (prev_class_type): Not static; defined in cplus-tree.h.
2737 * cplus-decl.c (builtin_function, auto_function): Don't put & in
2738 front of function name.
2739 * cplus-typeck.c (comptypes,comp_target_types): Likewise.
2740 * cplus-search.c (report_ambiguous_mi_virtuals): Likewise, for arrays.
2742 Sun May 26 22:47:35 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygint.cygnus.com)
2744 * cplus-decl.c (make_temporary_for_reference): New function. Split
2745 out code from `grok_reference_init' so we could call it in two
2746 places: where it was called before, and when initializing a
2747 reference through a constructor for a temporary.
2748 (grokdeclarator): Give error message instead of aborting if user
2749 gave method qualifiers for function decl.
2750 (start_function): Switch to temporary obstack before computing
2751 destructor and constructor labels, and before building the
2752 function's RESULT_DECL.
2754 * cplus-decl.c (store_parm_decls): Make a cleanup that controls the
2755 action of the garbage collector. This ensures that the call to
2756 __gc_pop doesn't get skipped in the function issues a return stmt.
2757 * cplus-gc.c (expand_gc_prologue_and_epilogue): Work with new
2760 * cplus-gc.c (build_i_desc): Figure out whether the i_desc should
2761 constitute a defn of its type or not.
2763 * cplus-typeck.c (c_expand_return): Look through TARGET_EXPR as well
2764 as NEW_EXPR for returning addresses of local variables.
2766 * reload.c (find_reloads): Intialized `goal_alternative_swapped'
2767 where `swapped' is initialized to zero.
2769 Sun May 26 21:29:26 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2771 * recog.c (const_double_operand): Fix typo.
2772 * reload1.c (choose_reload_regs): Fix typo--swap #endif with }.
2774 * loop.c (init_loop): Multiply copy_cost by 2.
2775 (general_induction_var): Use rtx_cost directly.
2776 (expr_benefit): Function deleted.
2778 * m68k.md (andsi3): Generate bclr if appropriate.
2780 * cccp.c (do_undef): Just a warning, if deleting something unusual.
2782 Sun May 26 18:51:33 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at sphagnum.cygnus.com)
2784 * expr.c (force_operand): When calling recursively, use
2785 a temporary to force evaluation of calls. The C language
2786 allows `f (g (x), g (y))' to be evaluated in different orders
2787 on different hosts, which could lead to different code
2788 generation for different hosts.
2790 * recog.c (const_double_operand): New function for recognizing
2793 * expmed.c (expand_mult_add): Add new parameter TARGET which is a
2794 suggestion of where to store the result; pass it to expand_expr.
2795 * loop.c (emit_iv_add_mult): Pass REG to expand_mult_add call as
2796 target for the result.
2798 * gmicro.md, old-sparc.md, pyr.md: Delete obsolete UMULT patterns.
2800 * expmed.c (expand_mult): Convert DImode constants to a CONST_INT
2801 if possible, so that multiplies by these can be optimized by the
2804 Sun May 26 00:59:42 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2806 * gcc.c (process_command): -save-temps is always valid.
2808 * varasm.c (output_constructor): Don't crash if val == 0.
2810 * cse.c (refers_to_mem_p): Handle constant addresses.
2812 * cccp.c (main): Don't store thru last_include if null.
2814 Sat May 25 06:33:19 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
2816 * reload.c (find_reloads): Don't assume we have at least two operands
2817 when we check for a simple copy.
2819 * sched.c (update_reg_known_value): Deleted.
2820 (init_alias_analysis): If have REG_EQUIV note, can always use NOTE's
2821 value irrespective of number of sets.
2822 Take known value from note, not SET_SRC.
2823 (memrefs_conflict_p): Remove gotos.
2824 ASHIFT can't occur in an address.
2825 (true_dependence, anti_dependence, output_dependence): Take into
2826 account the fact that a MEM_IN_STRUCT_P reference cannot conflict
2827 with a non-MEM_IN_STRUCT_P reference at a fixed address.
2829 Fri May 24 11:34:39 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2831 * Makefile.in (cplus-tab.c): Put back -d option.
2833 Fri May 24 06:46:07 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
2835 * rtl.c (rtx_alloc): Ensure we keep the obstack aligned.
2837 Fri May 24 00:17:13 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2839 * reload1.c (choose_reload_regs): Try with inheritance, then without.
2840 #if 0 the code to avoid inheritance in certain cases.
2842 Fri May 24 00:13:40 1991 James Van Artsdalen (james at bigtex.cactus.org)
2844 * out-i386.c (split_di): Check for CONST_DOUBLE before CONSTANT_P.
2846 * tm-i386.h (LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS): new macro.
2847 (PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS): a CONST_DOUBLE can appear in narrower
2848 classes than GENERAL_REGS.
2850 * reload.c (push_reload): Limit reload class even if the SUBREG has
2851 already been stripped.
2853 Thu May 23 11:08:21 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at sphagnum.cygnus.com)
2855 * sched.c (schedule_insns): Don't schedule a block if the only insn is
2858 Thu May 23 07:54:57 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
2860 * reload1.c (choose_reload_regs): Process reload in first pass if
2861 a subsequent reload requires fewer registers.
2862 Change criteria for processing from being a strict superset to
2863 having an intersecting, non-equal class.
2864 Ignore optional and turned-off reloads in loop to see what is forced
2865 to be allocated in first pass.
2867 * toplev.c (compile_file): Fix typo in length of string to allocate
2868 for sched2 dump's name.
2870 * jump.c (find_cross_jump): Don't crash if single_set returns 0.
2872 * recog.c (general_operand): A SUBREG of a constant is never valid.
2874 * local-alloc.c (qty_compare, qty_compare_1): Make priority function
2875 the same as in global-alloc: quantities with shorter lives are
2876 allocated first. This can speed up some code by a factor of three.
2878 Wed May 22 17:40:49 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
2880 * reload1.c (emit_reload_insns): Fix some minor bugs in making
2881 REG_DEAD notes and recording insn that does store; code sometimes
2882 assumed that each call to gen_move_insn produced at most one insn.
2884 Wed May 22 16:51:53 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2886 * reload.c (push_reload): Support LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS.
2888 Wed May 22 14:14:51 1991 Micheal Tiemann (tiemann at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2890 * jump.c (jump_optimize): Update the three simplifications that
2891 start with the "if (...) x = 1;" case. Add comments explaining how
2892 to make them more machine independent, and comments explaining how
2893 they might fail in the future. Ifdef out the second case, and add
2894 code explaining why it does not work.
2896 * rtl.h: Put definition of FUNCTION_FLAGS_USES_CONST_POOL here.
2897 * integrate.c: Remove definition of it here.
2899 * integrate.h: New fields in struct inline_remap, min_insnno and
2900 max_insnno, which indicate the range of insns covered by insn_map.
2901 * integrate.c (expand_inline_function): Set min_insnno and max_insnno.
2903 Wed May 22 12:31:53 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2905 * tm-vaxv.h (ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL): Use data_section.
2907 * protoize.c (fancy_abort): Define it.
2908 * objc-parse.y (yyprint, set_yydebug): New functions.
2910 * tree.h (gettags, get_permanent_types, get_temporary_types):
2913 * Makefile.in (protoize.o, unprotoize.o):
2914 Use the standard flags and include dirs. Don't use -Wall.
2915 * protoize.c (abort): Declaration deleted.
2917 * cccp.c (main): Ensure `next' field in directory list is initialized.
2919 Wed May 22 09:27:49 1991 James Van Artsdalen (james at bigtex.cactus.org)
2921 * expmed.c (synth_mult): Return cost of -1 if shift is too
2924 Wed May 22 07:53:52 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygint.cygnus.com)
2926 * out-sparc.c (output_move_double): More SImode->Pmode fixes.
2928 Wed May 22 02:43:02 1991 Micheal Tiemann (tiemann at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2930 * Makefile.in, emit-rtl.c, explow.c, final.c, global-alloc.c,
2931 gnulib2.c, hard-reg-set.h, regclass.c, reload1.c, cccp.c: Fix typos
2934 Wed May 22 00:14:37 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2936 * combine.c (try_combine): Add to last change; handle subreg
2937 in src as well as in dest of i3.
2939 Tue May 21 22:32:08 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
2941 * m68k.md (dbra): Rewrite pattern so it reflects simplifications that
2944 Tue May 21 10:44:05 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at sphagnum.cygnus.com)
2946 * loop.c (strength_reduce): When a loop-vtop note is encountered,
2947 reset `not_every_iteration'.
2949 Tue May 21 00:17:31 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2951 * c-decl.c (init_decl_processing): Always use long type for size_t.
2953 * varasm.c (assemble_variable): Use ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME.
2955 * protoize.c: Include config.h.
2956 (chmod, kill): Declarations deleted.
2957 They aren't needed, and can conflict with system headers.
2958 (wait): BSD declaration deleted.
2959 (save_def_or_dec): Add missing fprintf arg.
2961 * tm-next.h (EXTRA_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS): Fix typo.
2963 * protoize.c: Use USG and VMS as most files do.
2964 Don't expect BSD to be necessary defined outside this file.
2965 Define getwd using getcwd, not vice-versa, to be like dbxout.c.
2966 * cccp.c, SYSCALLS.c: Use USG and VMS as most files do.
2967 Don't expect BSD to be necessary defined outside this file.
2969 Mon May 20 16:54:17 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2971 * tm-i386.h, tm-att386.h, tm-bsd386.h, tm-sun386.h (ASM_BYTE_OP):
2972 Renamed from ASM_BYTE.
2973 * varasm.c (ASM_BYTE_OP): Likewise.
2975 * c-decl.c, cplus-class.c (finish_struct): Typo:
2976 Had PCC_BIT_FIELD_MATTERS which is now PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS.
2978 * gcc.c (handle_braces): Don't deref input_suffix if null.
2980 Mon May 20 15:19:27 1991 Michael I Bushnell (mib at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
2982 * cccp.c (pcfinclude): STRINGDEF struct is now longword aligned.
2984 Mon May 20 14:26:18 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygint.cygnus.com)
2986 * sparc.md: Remove all arithmetic, logical, and shift patterns for
2987 sub-SImode operands. Also fix some DImode patterns.
2989 * out-sparc.c (emit_move_sequence): Simplified considerably.
2991 * rtl.c (rtx_alloc): Inline-code an optimized obstack_alloc.
2993 * cplus-lex.c (make_{pointer,reference}_declaration): Call
2994 `build_parse_node' instead of `build1' so memory can be freed.
2996 * cplus-parse.y: Remove unneeded epsilon rules to produce an average
2997 15% reduction in the number of reductions performed.
2999 * cplus-parse.y (RETURN_INIT): Use new interface to speed up
3001 * cplus-decl.c (store_return_init): Use new interface.
3003 Mon May 20 11:16:34 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at sphagnum.cygnus.com)
3005 * sched.c (schedule_block): A register which dies in a CALL_INSN
3006 does not cross calls. A single insn block must be scheduled, to
3007 ensure that register lifetime info is corrected updated.
3009 Mon May 20 06:50:37 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
3011 * combine.c (try_combine): Don't combine when I1 and I2 both feed
3012 into I3 and I1 uses the register set in I2.
3014 * reload.c (find_reloads): Prefer pseudos over other things we may
3017 Mon May 20 02:02:15 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
3019 * combine.c (try_combine): Test MODES_TIEABLE_P when i3 src is subreg.
3021 * m68k.md (trunc*): Don't set cc if use wider insn.
3023 Sun May 19 14:45:46 1991 Ron Guilmette (rfg at ncd.com)
3025 * Makefile.in (clean): Delete stage1...stage4.
3026 (realclean): Delete cexp.output.
3028 * fixincludes: Handle BSD43__IO* and BSD43_CTRL like IO* and CTRL.
3030 Sun May 19 15:00:05 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
3032 * reload1.c (count_possible_groups): New function.
3033 (reload): Call it twice. This checks for possible groups
3034 after maybe spilling some single regs.
3036 * configure (magnum, m3230): Aliases for mips/mips.
3038 * fixincludes (machine/cpu.h):
3039 Create in proper dir. Fix mips/cpu.h too.
3041 * reload.c (find_reloads): Turn off usage of reg_preferred_class.
3043 Sun May 19 09:51:24 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
3045 * flow.c (mark_used_regs): Continue putting REG_DEAD notes on
3048 * regclass.c (reg_class_record): Don't count classes in which objects
3051 * reload.c (find_reloads): Pre-compute preferred classes for each
3052 operand; if operand 1 is copied to operand 0, merge the classes.
3053 REJECT is now only 1/3 as costly as LOSERS; ? adds 3 to REJECT so
3054 that it's semantics don't change.
3056 * expr.c (compare_from_rtx): Do EQ and NE comparisons unsigned since
3057 they are usually cheaper and will cse with comparisons against zero
3058 which are already unsigned.
3060 * reload1.c (choose_reload_regs): Don't try to access reload_out
3061 for disabled reload (reload_strict_low may not have been cleared).
3063 * reload1.c (choose_reload_regs): Don't let optional reloads inherit
3064 spill regs until all non-optional reloads have been allocated spill
3066 We can use find_equiv_reg even if must_reuse, we just can't get a
3069 * expr.c (do_tablejump): When using LABEL_REF in arithmetic, make it
3070 in Pmode instead of VOIDmode.
3072 * function.c (fixup_var_refs_1): Don't try to make paradoxical
3073 memory SUBREGs; instead keep SUBREG_REG a pseudo and copy between
3074 memory and the pseudo.
3075 (fixup_memory_subreg): Abort if we try making paradoxical SUBREGs.
3077 * reorg.c (redundant_insn_p): Insns we pass may reference resources
3078 set by INSN; it is sufficient that they not set resources in INSN.
3080 Sun May 19 08:06:17 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygint.cygnus.com)
3082 * tm-sparc.h (STRUCT_VALUE): Change SImode to Pmode here, and in
3084 (FIRST_PARM_OFFSET): Change 4 to UNITS_PER_WORD here, and in other
3086 (ROUND_ADVANCE): New macro to compute how far to advance the arg
3087 pointer for a give parameter.
3088 (FUNCTION_ARG): Use PARM_BOUNDARY instead of 32.
3089 (EXTRA_CONSTRAINT): Don't depend on `reload_completed'.
3090 * sparc.md (various places): Change many DImode predicates from
3091 `general_operand' to `register_operand'.
3093 * jump.c (find_cross_jump): Fixed 18 May change to use
3094 `validate_change' to make sure we get valid, initialized values
3095 regardless of which path we choose.
3097 Sat May 18 15:07:29 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
3099 * cccp.c: Rename FATAL_EXIT_CODE to FAILURE_EXIT_CODE.
3101 * gnulib1.c: Rename SFVALUE to FLOAT_VALUE_TYPE.
3102 (union flt_or_value): New type.
3103 (*): Use that instead of flt_or_int in most places.
3104 Delete some variables `intify' that aren't needed.
3105 * tm-i386.h: Rename SFVALUE to FLOAT_VALUE_TYPE.
3107 * stor-layout.c (layout_record): BITFIELD_NBYTES_LIMITED now 1 or 0.
3109 * rtl.h (struct rtx_def): Drop SHORT_ENUM_BUG; keep ONLY_INT_FIELDS.
3111 * loop.c (add_cost, copy_cost):
3112 Variables replace old macros *_BENEFIT and COPY_PENALTY.
3113 (init_loop): New function to set the variables.
3114 (expr_benefit): Use rtx_cost.
3115 * toplev.c (compile_file): Call init_loop.
3116 * cse.c (rtx_cost): Treat mult by 2**n as a shift by default.
3118 * toplev.c (output_file_directive):
3119 Typo in ASM_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILENAME.
3121 * gnulib2.c [L_trampoline]: Rename function to __trampoline.
3122 Always compile it even if empty. Make it global.
3124 Sat May 18 14:11:37 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
3126 * reload.c (find_reloads): Remove unnecessary test when increasing
3127 cost of alternative due to non-preferred register class.
3129 * reload1.c (choose_reload_regs): Fix typo.
3131 * tm-rs6000.h: Add hard registers for the 8 CR fields; add classes
3132 CR0_REGS and CR_REGS.
3133 Don't use CC0; add CCUNSmode and CCFPmode.
3134 (FIXED_REGISTERS): r31 (fp) is no longer fixed.
3135 (REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER): Remove 'd' for GENERAL_REGS; 'r' already
3137 (CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER): If we can move a constant in two insns
3138 for DF or one insn for SF, let it match 'G'.
3139 (SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS): Define this new macro.
3140 (FUNCTION_ARG): Fix typo in testing nargs_prototype.
3141 (LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P): Always return 1.
3142 (FIXUNS_TRUNC_LIKE_FIX_TRUNC): Do not define.
3143 * rs6000.md: Don't use CC0; instead use a pseudo which will be assigned
3144 to CR_REGS or CR0_REGS. Make variants of arithmetic insns that
3145 set only the condition code and that set both the condition code
3146 and a normal result.
3147 Delete "cc" attribute and add "type" attribute.
3148 Define delays for cc-setting insns and for loads.
3149 Replace `d' constraint with `r'.
3150 Delete patterns for HImode and QImode arithmetic operations.
3151 Handle putting "easy" DFmode or SFmode constant into a register.
3152 Rework compare and branches; add scc insns.
3153 Fix up decrement-and-branch insns, but they still won't be used yet.
3154 (call insns): Use pseudo for "lr" in indirect calls.
3155 (movdf, movsf): Explictly handle need to use memory to copy between
3156 general and FP registers.
3157 * out-rs6000.c (next_insn_tests_no_unsigned, unsigned_comparisons_p):
3159 (update_cc): Likewise.
3160 (gen_reg_operand): Tighen up a bit.
3161 (cc_reg_operand, reg_or_u_short_operand, easy_fp_constant): New fns.
3162 (fp_reg_or_mem_operand, mem_or_easy_const_operand): Likewise.
3163 (call_operand): Accept pseudo register.
3164 (branch_comparison_operator, scc_comparison_operator): New functions.
3165 (secondary_reload_class, ccr_bit, must_save_cr): Likewise.
3166 (print_operand, case 'w', 'u'): Support CONST_DOUBLE.
3167 (print_operand, cases 'W', 'f', 'F', 'R', 't', 'T', 'C', 'D'):
3169 (print_operand, cases 'j' and 'J'): Now use for bit number in CCR.
3170 (output_{pro,epi}logue): If we call function to save/restore fpr's,
3171 we need to save/restore LR.
3172 Save CR if we modify the call-saved fields.
3174 * romp.md: Delete HImode and QImode arithmetic operations.
3175 (swapxi): Delete; obsolete and never used.
3177 * tm-a29k.h (TARGET_SWITCHES): Change -mnodw to -mndw.
3178 Add -m{no-,}reuse-arg-regs.
3179 (SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS): Provide a definition for this new macro.
3180 * a29k.md: Delete all HImode and QImode arithmetic operations.
3181 * out-a29k.c (secondary_reload_class): New function.
3182 (incoming_reg): Look at TARGET_NO_REUSE_ARGS.
3184 * reload1.c (eliminate_regs): Don't remove a PLUS unless inside an
3185 address since it would need to change INSN_CODE and can't do it here.
3187 * reorg.c (uid_to_ruid, max_uid): New vars.
3188 (mostly_true_jump): Refine prediction slightly.
3189 Use uid_to_ruid map to accurately see if branches are backward.
3190 (relax_delay_slots): Pass condition to mostly_true_jump.
3191 (dbr_schedule): Allocate and build uid_to_ruid map.
3193 Sat May 18 12:54:45 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
3195 * cse.c (insert): "Unchanging" pseudos count as constant.
3197 * tree.c (make_node): Rewrite end as a switch.
3199 Sat May 18 03:51:06 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygint.cygnus.com)
3201 * cse.c (FIXED_BASE_PLUS_P): Since this is used when called from
3202 `expand_inline_function', also catch the case where the base
3203 register is VIRTUAL_STACK_VARS_RTX.
3204 (simplify_binary_operation): In EQ and NE case, convert a COMPARE
3205 operand to something we can optimize.
3206 (refers_to_mem_p): Handle the case when `base' is a LO_SUM.
3207 * integrate.c (FIXED_BASE_PLUS_P): Define this to recognize offsets
3208 from the various virtual registers.
3209 (expand_inline_function): Expand exprs using EXPAND_SUM so as to get
3210 stack frame addresses instead of pseudos. This yields much better
3211 cse (at little cost) for GNU C++. Also, test FIXED_BASE_PLUS_P as
3212 an alternative to CONSTANT_P to record a known register value.
3213 * jump.c (find_cross_jump): If we are processing a cross jump and
3214 the insns fail to match, try looking for a REG_EQUAL note that makes
3215 them equivalent insns. If found, keep going. This is important for
3216 merging cleanup codes when one cleanup path gets frame address in a
3217 register when the other path gets the frame address explicitly.
3219 * cplus-init.c (build_delete): Fixed residual use of 1-based
3220 indexing to use 0-based indexing instead.
3222 * cplus-decl2.c (grokclassfn): Fix raeburn's May 12 change so that
3223 destructors still have the same name.
3225 * cplus-decl.c (decls_match): Remove dependence on MERGED.
3227 * cplus-class.c (build_vbase_path): Fixed bug in computing offsets
3228 for exprs which are FIXED_TYPE_P.
3229 (build_vfn_ref): Change initializer for REF from 0 to NULL_TREE.
3231 * cplus-decl.c (maybe_build_cleanup): Add LOOKUP_NONVIRTUAL to flags
3232 argument in call to `build_delete' if DECL does not use virtual
3233 baseclasses. If it does, we go through a function call to save
3234 space, unless FLAG_EXPENSIVEO_OPTIMIZATIONS is nonzero. ??Better
3235 approach is to know, in expand_cleanups, to clear `flag_no_inline'
3236 during the cleanup's expansion.
3238 * cplus-*.c (various places): Add LOOKUP_DESTRUCTOR to all places
3239 where we know we are calling a destructor for a non-null object.
3241 * stmt.c (fixup_gotos): Run destructors on cleanups that come
3242 from the block being exited, in addition to any inner blocks
3243 for which LABEL is now defined.
3244 (expand_return): Take care of destructors that occur in the
3245 current binding level.
3246 (fixup_cleanups): If we emitted no insns, don't change *BEFORE_JUMP.
3248 * rtlanal.c: Define `target_flags' here...
3249 * toplev.c: ...not here. This enables us to link gen* programs
3250 which might, through rtlanal.o, pull in references to `target_flags'
3251 that are never used.
3253 * function.c: Add declaration for `current_function_uses_const_pool'.
3254 * expr.h: Add extern declaration for that variable.
3255 * function.h (struct function): Add a slot named
3256 `uses_const_pool' for `current_function_uses_const_pool'.
3257 * function.c ({push,pop}_function_context): save and restore the
3258 value of `current_function_uses_const_pool'.
3259 * rtl.h (FUNCTION_FLAGS_USES_CONST_POOL): Defined to be 0200.
3260 * integrate.c (initialize_for_inline):
3261 FUNCTION_FLAGS_USES_CONST_POOL now contributes to the value of
3263 (output_inline_function): Restore `current_function_uses_const_pool'
3264 from `function_flags'.
3265 (save_for_inline_copying): Only call `save_constants' if
3266 `current_function_uses_const_pool' is nonzero.
3267 (save_for_inline_nocopy): Ditto.
3268 (save_constants): Tweaked to perform its treewalk faster. Notably,
3269 it no longer accepts ptrs to NULL rtl. All callers changed.
3270 * varasm.c (force_const_mem): Set `current_function_uses_const_pool'
3271 if we create a constant pool reference.
3273 * cplus-parse.y, c-parse.y: Add new function `set_yydebug'. If
3274 YYDEBUG is defined, sets `yydebug' to VALUE. Otherwise, prints
3275 warning that operation is invalid.
3276 * toplev.c (main): Call `set_yydebug' instead of setting `yydebug'
3277 directly. This allows user to turn YYDEBUG off for faster parsing.
3279 * cse.c (simplify_binary_operation): Eliminate abort when passed
3282 Fri May 17 21:56:41 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
3284 * hard-reg-set.h (reg_class_superunion): New var.
3285 * regclass.c (init_reg_sets): Compute reg_class_superunion.
3286 (reg_classes_intersect_p): New function.
3288 * reload.c (find_reloads): Alternative is discouraged if it puts
3289 a pseudo in a register class it doesn't prefer.
3291 * reload1.c (basic_block_needs): Now an array, per register class.
3292 (reload): Compute separate basic_block_needs for each class.
3293 (spill_hard_reg): If pseudo is only in one block, see if that block
3294 needs a spill register of a class containing the hard reg; leave the
3295 pseudo alone if not.
3297 * reload1.c (reload_mode, reload_nregs): New vars.
3298 (reload_reg_class_lower): Use them.
3299 (allocate_reload_reg): New function.
3300 (choose_reload_regs): Track size and class of any groups. We
3301 can inherit reloads if we are the size of the largest group or
3302 if our class is disjoint from those needed for groups.
3303 Try all inherits first before all spill register allocations
3304 unless there is a later reload with a smaller class; call
3305 allocate_reload_reg to do the actual allocation.
3307 (emit_reload_insns): Delete output reload even if we weren't
3310 * reload.h (reload_secondary_reload, reload_secondary_p): New vars.
3311 * reload.c (push_reload): If secondary reload register is needed,
3312 make a secondary reload.
3313 * reload1.c (reload): Reload with reload_secondary_p nonzero is in use.
3314 (choose_reload_regs): Likewise.
3315 (emit_reload_insns): Handle secondary reloads, when needed.
3317 * reload1.c (reload): Add pass to remove death notes for things that
3318 are no longer registers or don't die if we must preserve death notes.
3319 (emit_reload_insns): Refine REG_DEAD notes to be more accurate; make
3320 notes for secondary reloads.
3322 * reload1.c (emit_reload_insns): Abort for output reloads for jumps;
3323 we have to implement this at some point.
3325 Fri May 17 20:08:22 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
3327 * protoize.c: Handle ultrix like BSD.
3329 Fri May 17 15:56:41 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at geech.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
3331 * Pass library function name to INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS.
3332 * calls.c (expand_call): Pass extra arg to INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS.
3333 * expr.c (emit_library_call): Likewise.
3334 * function.c (assign_parms): Likewise.
3335 * tm-*.h (INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS): Accept the extra arg.
3336 (INIT_CUMULATIVE_INCOMING_ARGS): Likewise, just for symmetry.
3338 Fri May 17 15:41:22 1991 James Van Artsdalen (james at bigtex.cactus.org)
3340 * tm-i386v4.h (ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON): Don't attempt alignment on a
3341 three byte boundary.
3343 Fri May 17 15:25:16 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
3345 * function.c (assign_stack_local, assign_outer_stack_local): Make
3346 the alignment in bytes.
3348 Fri May 17 14:31:00 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygint.cygnus.com)
3350 * cplus-class.c (build_vbase_path): Only build a COND_EXPR if
3352 (resolves_to_fixed_type_p): Check TREE_HAS_CONSTRUCTOR for
3353 CALL_EXPRs and INDIRECT_REFs.
3355 * cplus-call.c (build_method_call): Add call to `constructor_name'
3356 if BASETYPE changes.
3357 * cplus-init.c (build_new): Add LOOKUP_NONVIRTUAL to FLAGS argument
3358 to `build_method_call'. Constructors are never virtual. Also, set
3359 TREE_HAS_CONSTRUCTOR bit for return value from `build_method_call'.
3361 Thu May 16 21:36:10 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
3363 * rtl.h (CONSTANT_P): Now true for a CONST_DOUBLE.
3364 * combine.c, cse.c, emit-rtl.c, expr.c, integrate.c, loop.c:
3365 Update for new meaning of CONSTANT_P to include CONST_DOUBLE.
3366 * optabs.c, recog.c, reload.c, reload1.c, rtl.h, rtlanal.c:
3368 * romp.md, rs6000.md, out-alliant.c, out-convex.c: Likewise.
3369 * out-gmicro.c, out-i386.c, out-i860.c, out-m68k.c: Likewise.
3370 * out-sparc.c, out-spur.c, out-tahoe.c: Likewise.
3372 * combine.c (SUBST, SUBST_INT): If INTO equals NEWVAL, don't
3373 record the substitution.
3374 (try_combine, subst, make_compound_operation, simplify_and_const_int):
3375 No longer need check for changes before using SUBST macro.
3376 (simplify_shift_count): Likewise.
3378 * integrate.c (copy_rtx_and_substitute, case CONST): If what
3379 was originally a constant becomes something that is not a constant
3380 when passed through a recursive call, return it without the CONST.
3382 * rtl.c (copy_most_rtx): New function.
3383 * rtl.h (copy_most_rtx): Declare it.
3384 * function.c (fixup_var_refs_1, case MEM): If a MEM contains VAR,
3385 ensure the MEM isn't shared by copying it.
3387 * expmed.c (expand_divmod): If doing MOD, produce divide result
3388 into unique pseudo so that we might CSE the division.
3390 Thu May 16 12:01:42 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
3392 * reload.c (push_reload): Try find_dummy_reload before dead regs.
3394 * function.c (assign_stack_local*): Use GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT.
3395 Use CEIL_ROUND consistently.
3396 Don't force word alignment even if STRICT_ALIGNMENT (experiment).
3398 Thu May 16 10:31:04 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at sphagnum.cygnus.com)
3400 * unroll.c (unroll_loop): Don't abort if start label does not
3401 immediately follow LOOP_BEG note. This can happen as a result of
3403 * reorg.c (mostly_true_jump): Eliminate repeated test in second loop.
3405 * sched.c (priority): Abort if find a NOTE in a groups of insns that
3406 must be scheduled together.
3407 (free_pending_lists): New function. Moves every *_LIST rtx on the
3408 pending lists to the free list.
3409 (add_insn_mem_dependence): Get a *_LIST from the free list instead
3410 of creating one if possible.
3411 (sched_analyze_1): Don't move an insn across a call if it uses a
3412 register that is not already live across calls.
3413 (sched_analyze_insn): Likewise.
3414 (sched_analyze_1): When flusing the pending lists, put the *_LIST
3415 rtx on the free list.
3416 (sched_analyze): Likewise.
3417 (schedule_block): Likewise.
3418 (sched_analyze_2): For a cc0 setter/user pair, put a copy of all
3419 dependencies on the first insn onto the second insn.
3420 (sched_analyze_insn): Likewise for call sequences.
3421 (sched_analyze_insn): Handle REG_INC notes just like SETs.
3422 (sched_note_set): Handle hard registers same as psuedo regs.
3423 (attach_deaths): Likewise. Don't add REG_DEAD notes to the frame
3424 pointer, arg pointer or stack pointer.
3425 (schedule_block): Likewise.
3426 (rank_for_schedule): Do not check whether each insn of a sequence
3427 that must be scheduled together is ready. They will only reach here
3428 if they are all already ready.
3429 (schedule_block): After reload, don't need to give special treatment
3430 to insns at function start which set up the function parameters.
3431 Don't treat tail specially if it is part of a group that must be
3433 When a group of instructions is scheduled together, run the lifetime
3434 analysis code on every instruction in the group from last to first.
3435 A call_insn kills all call_used and global regs except those
3436 explicitly used by the call_insn.
3437 (schedule_insn): Initialize new variables. If USE_C_ALLOCA, free
3438 alloced memory immediately after each schedule_block call, not once
3441 * rtl.c (add_dependence): When adding a dependence that points to an
3442 insn that is part of a sequence that must be scheduled together,
3443 make the dependence point to the last insn of the sequence instead.
3445 Wed May 15 13:08:32 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
3447 * combine.c (simplify_and_const_int): If we have
3448 (and (OP (lshiftrt X Y) Z) C), for OP of IOR, XOR, and NOT, commute
3449 OP and LSHIFTRT to put AND and LSHIFTRT adjacent to try to form
3452 * combine.c (subst, gen_lowpart_for_combine, get_last_value_validate):
3453 Use object's mode instead of VOIDmode when we make
3454 (clobber (const_int 0)) in case someone uses the mode for significant
3456 * rtlanal.c (side_effects_p): Reject non-VOIDmode CLOBBERs.
3458 * rtlanal.c (reg_set_p_1): Remove test for `reg_set_reg' being MEM.
3459 (reg_set_p): Abort if passed a MEM.
3461 * toplev.c (strip_off_ending): Strip trailing ".f".
3463 Wed May 15 12:54:18 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygint.cygnus.com)
3465 * cplus-typeck.c (build_modify_expr_1): If the TREE_TYPE of the
3466 recursive result is an ARRAY_TYPE, change it to void_type_node so
3467 build_compound_expr doesn't lose when calling default_conversion.
3469 * cplus-tree.h (lang_type): Remove AS_LIST field from lang_type.
3470 Use TYPE_MAX_VALUE field of type instead.
3471 (TREE_REFERENCE_EXPR): New macro.
3473 * cplus-parse.y (LC): If we are not in temporary allocation, call
3474 permanent_allocation. This frees up any PARM_DECL nodes that were
3475 allocated since we processed an inline function. NOTE: we still
3476 have to clean up these parms from inline functions that did not go
3479 * cplus-decl.c (store_parm_decls): Since we no longer push an extra
3480 binding level if ! PARMS_HAVE_CLEANUPS, test CLEANUP_LABEL to figure
3481 out how far up the binding countours we must look.
3482 (init_decl_processing): If FLAG_NO_INLINE is nonzero, set
3483 FLAG_DEFAULT_INLINE to zero.
3485 * cplus-class.c (finish_struct_bits): Copy TYPE_MIN_VALUE and
3486 TYPE_MAX_VALUE. These actually hold C++-related data that's moved
3487 up from the lang_type data structure.
3489 * cplus-*.c: Change REFERENCE_EXPR to CONVERT_EXPR. Set
3490 TREE_REFERENCE_EXPR bit to indicate a CONVERT_EXPR that's really the
3491 address of a C++ reference expression.
3493 Wed May 15 12:30:26 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
3495 * tm-sparc.h (FIXED_REGISTERS): Register 0 is not fixed; it is used
3496 for the condition code, not to represent the fixed %g0.
3498 Tue May 14 18:59:06 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at sphagnum.cygnus.com)
3500 * explow.c (find_next_ref): Start search at first insn after INSN.
3502 * jump.c (jump_optimize): Update the three simplications that start
3503 with the "if (...) x = 1; else {...} if (x) ..." case, so that when
3504 HAVE_cc0 is not defined, they do not accept TST insns (which could
3505 just be a register to register move). They should only accept insns
3506 with the COMPARE operator.
3508 Tue May 14 14:51:33 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
3510 * cse.c (simplify_binary_operation): Don't abort when comparing
3511 two CONST_DOUBLE values.
3513 Tue May 14 11:35:47 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
3515 * c-common.c (decl_attributes): Fix typo in name of attribute.
3516 It should be `aligned'. Also don't crash on unknown attribute.
3518 * expmed.c (init_expmed): Make a separate object to free back to.
3520 * hard-reg-set.h (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG_LONG): Provide default definition.
3522 * toplev.c (main): Implement -gdwarf.
3524 Tue May 14 06:32:48 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
3526 * flow.c (mark_used_regs): Don't make REG_DEAD notes for fixed regs.
3528 * combine.c (subst): Convert (not (ashift C X)) to (or (rotate ..))
3529 and similarly for (not (lshiftrt C X)).
3530 (make_field_assignment): Make corresponding change in how we recognize
3531 bitfield assignment of single bit to zero.
3533 * combine.c (merge_outer_ops): New function.
3534 (simplify_shift_const): Use merge_outer_ops to generalize and
3535 simplify handling of outer_ops.
3536 Try using distributive law followed by invert distributive law
3537 to simplify combinations of logical operations and shifts.
3539 * emit-rtl.c (gen_highpart): Correct conditional that says when we
3540 can get the bits of a DFmode object; copy from gen_lowpart.
3542 * cse.c (simplify_binary_operation, case MULT): Simplify zero case.
3543 (simplify_binary_operation, case DIV): In 0/x, return zero in proper
3546 * combine.c (simplify_comparison): Can only extend comparison
3547 to wider mode if equality comparison or test of sign bit.
3549 Tue May 14 03:26:36 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygint.cygnus.com)
3551 * cplus-tree.h (lang_type): Change to use TREE_VEC to hold basetype
3553 (CLASSTYPE_N_BASECLASSES, CLASSTYPE_BASECLASS): Changed accordingly.
3554 Baseclasses are now counted [0..n) instead of [1..n].
3555 (CLASSTYPE_BASETYPECLASSES): Deleted.
3556 * cplus-*.c (various places): Change code to work with new
3557 representation for basetypes.
3559 * toplev.c (main): Handle `-gdwarf' as a debug option.
3561 * cse.c (insert): Treat pseudos marked RTX_UNCHANGING_P as being
3564 Mon May 13 22:44:18 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at ok.cygnus.com)
3566 * mips.md: In the div/mod peepholes, don't apply the peephole if the
3567 first operation overwrites one of its two operands.
3569 Mon May 13 12:14:51 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
3571 * expmed.c (store_bit_field, extract_bit_field):
3572 Set volatile_p while checking predicates.
3573 * recog.h (volatile_p): Declare it.
3574 * explow.c (force_not_mem): Do nothing with BLKmode.
3576 * SYSCALLS.c (u_int): Don't define on DGUX--already defined.
3578 * m68k.md (zero_extend*): Don't make the subreg in the template.
3579 Make it explicitly, and handle subregs as operand 0.
3581 * tm-convex.h (MODES_TIEABLE_P): Fix typos.
3583 * loop.c (check_dbra_loop): To check for a loop with a `break', use
3584 loop_number_exit_label, not the uid_luid of each label, since loop
3585 unrolling may have created new labels with no uid_luid.
3587 * expr.c (push_block): Fixed typo in last change.
3589 Mon May 13 12:07:25 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
3591 * combine.c (subst): If we can't change comparison code, see if
3592 we can instead surround our operation with an XOR.
3594 * combine.c (make_compound_operation, simplify_and_const_int):
3595 Ensure shift counts are non-negative and in range before using them
3597 (simplify_comparison): Likewise.
3599 * combine.c (try_combine): See if we have previously merged a
3600 compare and arithmetic operation. If so try to take it apart to
3601 allow further combines (such as making a branch-and-decrement).
3603 * combine.c (try_combine): Don't make VOIDmode register if our split
3604 point is a constant.
3606 * combine.c (subst): Use COMBINE_RTX_EQUAL_P to see if SET_DEST
3607 is our register; two hard regs might have different rtx.
3609 * combine.c (subst): Generalize associative law handling to
3610 cases not involving constants.
3612 * combine.c (expand_compound_operation): If we would return a
3613 (clobber (const_int 0)), return what we were given.
3615 * combine.c (simplify_shift_const): Clean up by removing fallthrough.
3617 Mon May 13 10:26:00 1991 James Van Artsdalen (james at bigtex.cactus.org)
3619 * i386.md (all calls to output_move_double): call return
3620 value to avoid spurious compiler warnings.
3621 Allow REG in all alternatives of operand 0 where possible.
3622 Remove patterns to recognize increment/decrement.
3623 (addsi3, addhi3, addqi3): Do this in here instead.
3624 (floatdidf2): New pattern.
3625 (adddi3, subdi3, negdi2): New patterns.
3626 (umulsi3, umulhi3): Remove obsolete UMULT patterns.
3627 (divM3, udivM3, divmodM4, udivmodM4): Use "r" constraint instead
3629 (sqrtsf2, sqrtdf2): New patterns.
3630 (ashldi3, ashrdi3, lshldi3, lshrdi3): New patterns
3631 (All shift and rotate patterns): Don't use reg name explicitly in
3632 output string: use %N operand reference.
3633 (ashlM3, lshlM3): Use `add' instead of `shl'/`sal' if possible.
3634 (insv): Fix output constraint. Clarify source. Disable for now -
3636 (SImode bit test, all Scond patterns): Allow MEM operands too.
3637 (seq, sne): Handle CC_Z_IN_NOT_C.
3638 (jump, indirect_jump, tablejump): Align code on word boundary
3639 after unconditional jumps.
3640 (`loop' patterns): Delete - will never be useful on i386.
3641 (call_pop, call_value_pop): New patterns.
3642 (return): New pattern: Do `return' if simple epilogue. But only if
3643 the real function epilogue isn't next.
3644 (movstrsi): Do word moves, not just bytes, if count is unknown.
3645 (ffsM2): New patterns.
3647 * out-i386.c (FP_TOP, AT_SP, RET, RETCOM, POP_ONE_FP,
3648 FP_CALL1, FP_CALL): Move to tm-i386.h for use by i386.md.
3649 (output_movf, fp_call_internal, output_fix_trunc, split_di):
3650 No longer static - called from i386.md.
3651 (via_memory): Finish return value change.
3652 (output_move_const_double): Delete unused function.
3653 (simple_386_epilogue): New predicate.
3654 (function_prologue): Allocate frame regardless of whether or not
3655 there is a frame pointer.
3656 Use output_asm_insn instead of fprintf to push registers.
3657 (function_epilogue): Likewise.
3658 If there is a frame pointer, don't necessarily fix %esp just to
3659 pop a reg - use offset from frame pointer.
3660 Fix -fomit-frame-pointer support.
3661 Fix RETURN_POPS_ARGS case where args > 32K bytes.
3662 (print_operand): A LABEL_REF gets an OFFSET_PREFIX too.
3663 (print_operand_address): %esp can only be base reg, never index.
3664 (split_di): New function.
3666 * tm-i386.h: Remove references to obsolete tm-compaq.h file.
3667 (TARGET_486): New flag.
3668 (TARGET_SWITCHES): New options -m486, -mno486, -m386.
3669 (SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES): New macro.
3670 (ASM_OUTPUT_LOOP_ALIGN): New macro.
3671 (all reg macros, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM): Create argument pointer,
3672 to be eliminated in favor of %esp or %ebp.
3673 (HARD_REGNO_NREGS, REGNO_REG_CLASS): Use FP_REGNO_P.
3674 (REGISTER_MOVE_COSTS): It is expensive to move between integer and
3676 (FP_REGNO_P): Detect only the FP regs.
3677 (all class macros): Delete obsolete classes ABC_REGS & ABCI_REGS.
3678 (REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER): Add `S' for SIREG, remove `x' for ABCI_REGS.
3679 (CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P): Add `J' for DImode shifts.
3680 (FIRST_PARM_OFFSET): Offset now zero.
3681 (ELIMINABLE_REGS, CAN_ELIMINATE, INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET):
3682 Use generalized scheme to eliminate frame and arg pointers.
3683 (INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET): Delete.
3684 (REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P): allow virtual arg pointer.
3685 (FP_TOP, AT_SP, RET, RETCOM, POP_ONE_FP, FP_CALL1, FP_CALL):
3686 Moved here from out-i386.c for use by i386.md.
3688 * tm-compaq.h: Delete obsolete file.
3690 Sun May 12 18:38:41 1991 Ken Raeburn (raeburn at watch.com)
3692 * cplus-decl.c (print_binding_level, print_binding_stack,
3693 print_other_binding_stack): New debugging routines; dump one or
3694 more binding levels to stderr.
3696 * cplus-decl.c (push_to_top_level): New routine; saves copies of
3697 all class and local bindings, and some other state, and clears the
3698 real values, to effectively move to global scope.
3699 (pop_from_top_level): Restore the saved state.
3701 * cplus-decl.c (adjust_type_value): No longer static. Abort if
3702 current_binding_level is class binding level; need to investigate
3703 that situation further.
3705 * cplus-decl.c (finish_function): Check that the binding level being
3706 popped really is a function-parameter binding level.
3708 * cplus-tree.h (DESTRUCTOR_DECL_PREFIX): Replaces
3709 DESTRUCTOR_DECL_FORMAT; used as a prefix before the class name.
3710 * cplus-decl2.c (grokclassfn): Use it, and call build_overload_name
3711 rather than just copying the class name.
3713 * cplus-method.c (fndecl_as_string): Use TREE_TYPE rather than
3714 indirecting through type name and the identifier's associated type,
3715 since the latter may have changed.
3716 (build_nested_name): New argument, text_end; callers changed. Call
3717 build_overload_identifier rather than copying class name.
3718 (build_overload_value): Strip non-lvalue nodes for all arguments.
3719 Fixed up the handling of negative DImode values.
3720 (build_overload_identifier): New function. Copy class name (with
3721 length) if non-template, or build a name from template parameters.
3722 (build_overload_name): Call build_overload_identifier for class
3725 * cplus-parse.y: Added comment about use of $$ for $1.
3726 (template_type_name): Removed useless precedence specificiation.
3727 (template_arg_list): Wrap TREE_LIST nodes around all arguments in
3729 (template_arg): Call groktypename on type names. For expressions,
3730 specify "UNARY" precedence.
3731 (PRE_PARSED_CLASS_DECL handling): Put a copy of the new class decl
3732 into global scope, to avoid recursive expansion, since we start in a
3733 non-global scope set up for the parameters.
3735 * cplus-pt.c (coerce_template_parms): New function. Converts
3736 template arguments to appropriate types, returns a vector containing
3738 (mangle_class_name_for_template): Removed nparms argument.
3739 Changed to deal with arglist as vector. No longer call
3740 groktypename. Some initial code added for PARM_DECL (non-type)
3741 parameters; work not completed.
3742 (lookup_template_class): Call coerce_template_parms. Removed some
3744 (push_template_decls, pop_template_decls): Fixed to deal with
3745 arglist as vector. More code for non-type parameters.
3746 (instantiate_template): Push to top binding level before pushing any
3748 (end_template_instantiation): Pop from top level, then push the new
3751 * cplus-tree.h (struct lang_identifier): Renamed field "template" to
3752 "class_template_info"; accessor macros changed.
3754 * cplus-pt.c (struct template_info): Renamed from "template".
3755 Removed unused fields.
3757 Sun May 12 17:38:46 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at cygnus.com)
3759 * unroll.c (copy_loop_body): Fix typo: had `==' for `='.
3761 Sun May 12 17:05:07 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
3763 * genattrtab.c (gen_attr): Clear has_asm_insn field in new object.
3765 Sun May 12 04:21:52 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygint.cygnus.com)
3767 * hard-reg-set.h (HARD_CONST): New macro. Converts integer
3768 constants to appropriate type for use with HARD_REG_SET.
3769 ({SET,CLEAR,TEST}_HARD_REG_BIT): Use this macro where appropriate.
3770 (GO_IF_HARD_REG_SUBSET): Ditto.
3771 (HARD_REG_SET): Add new case if FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER <=
3772 HOST_BITS_PER_LONGLONG.
3773 * global-alloc.c: Pass HARD_CONST (0) instead of 0 to functions
3774 which are looking for a HARD_REG_SET argument.
3775 * reorg.c (resource_conflicts_p): Change comparison of HARD_REG_SET
3776 value to compare against HARD_CONST.
3778 * all xm-*.h files: Added HOST_BITS_PER_LONGLONG where
3779 HOST_BITS_PER_LONG was defined.
3780 * tm-sparc.h (REG_CLASS_CONTENTS): Fixed in case we're using long
3783 * toplev.c (main): support -gdwarf switch.
3785 * longlong.h (umulsidi3): SPARC .umul routine returns the value in
3786 WORD_LITTLE_ENDIAN form, so swap. Other word-endian changes for
3787 inline mul routines.
3789 * gnulib2.c (__divdi3): If C is nonzero, negate whole division
3790 instead of returning negation of quotient.
3792 Sat May 11 20:06:08 1991 Torbjorn Granlund (tege at krishna.sics.se)
3794 * expmed.c (outside of functions): New vars: lea_cost, lea_max_mul.
3795 (init_expmed): Initialize lea_cost and lea_max_mul.
3796 (synth_mult): Use them.
3798 Sat May 11 20:11:41 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygint.cygnus.com)
3800 * cplus-class.c (build_vbase_path): Rewritten and simplified.
3801 * cplus-cvt.c (build_up_reference): Try to get away without building
3802 a NOP_EXPR around the return value of `build_component_addr'.
3803 Ditto for return value from `convert_pointer_to'.
3805 * cplus-decl.c (void_zero_node): New node. Used in conditional
3806 expressions where one arm must do nothing.
3807 * various places: replace calls that built this node dynamically to
3808 just use the global copy.
3809 * cplus-tree.h (void_zero_node): Declare it globally.
3811 (maybe_build_cleanup): Don't call `convert_force' on the return
3812 value of `build_unary_op'. We should have license to modify its
3814 * cplus-gc.c (protect_value_from_gc): Same idea for VAR_DECL and
3817 * toplev.c (f_options): Add choice for -fPIC.
3819 * varasm.c (assemble_function): If it's a function name that's the
3820 first global name, strip of a leading '*' if there is one.
3822 * reload.c (find_reloads): Fix comment.
3824 * stmt.c (expand_return): Call `any_pending_cleanups' with argument.
3826 * expr.c (expand_expr): In TARGET_EXPR case, If TARGET is null and
3827 DECL already has rtl, use that as the target.
3828 (expand_expr): In BIND_EXPR try using expand_{start,end}_bindings to
3829 catch cleanups...otherwise fixup_cleanups must be modified to deal
3830 with cleanups not in any contours.
3832 Sat May 11 15:09:42 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
3834 * out-i386.c (via_memory): Return a memref to the stack.
3835 (fp_call_internal): Change call to via_memory.
3837 * expr.c (push_block): New arg BELOW specifies padding direction.
3838 All callers changed.
3839 (emit_push_insn): Pass an interesting value for BELOW.
3841 * c-parse.y (typespec): Pass the TYPE_DECL for a typedef name.
3842 * c-decl.c (grokdeclarator): Handle TYPE_DECL in declspecs.
3844 Thu May 9 15:17:44 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
3846 * m88k.md (zero_extend pattern): Compute correct constant.
3848 Thu May 9 07:44:20 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
3850 * combine.c (subst): Remove WAS_REPLACED; always check the rtl
3851 for specific cases of interest and don't use TO and FROM when
3852 looking into the rtl.
3854 * combine.c (subst, case MEM): Call make_compound_operation here
3855 so any ASHIFTs will be MULTs for mode_dependant_address_p calls later.
3856 (subst, case PLUS): Remove cases already done elsewhere.
3858 * expmed.c (emit_store_flag): Don't let the delete_insns_since call
3859 we do kill insns to do an auto-inc.
3861 * flow.c (propagate_block): Don't treat global regs as clobbered
3862 over a CALL_INSN even if call-clobbered.
3864 * stmt.c (expand_end_stmt_expr): Correctly handle the case where an
3865 expression statement is just an auto-inc of a var.
3867 * sparc.md (fix_trunc[sd]fsi2): Finish change to use MATCH_SCRATCH
3868 by eliminating DEFINE_EXPAND and making DEFINE_INSN a named pattern.
3870 Wed May 8 13:31:23 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
3872 * cccp.c (rescan): Handle symbols before // as before /*.
3874 * Makefile.in (objc-parse.o): Specify the command.
3876 * c-parse.y (typespec): Fix previous change.
3878 * reload1.c (choose_reload_regs): Use spillregs in round robin.
3880 Wed May 8 11:00:29 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
3882 * cplus-lex.c (tree_node_kinds): Renamed to `tree_node_counts'.
3884 Wed May 8 05:50:29 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
3886 * integrate.c (copy_rtx_and_substitute): Don't round frame size.
3888 * loop.c: Must include insn-flags.h to get
3889 HAVE_decrement_and_branch_until_zero.
3890 * Makefile.in (loop.o): Likewise.
3892 * expmed.c (expand_divmod): Use LOG instead of INTVAL (OP1)
3893 once we start generating rtl.
3895 Wed May 8 05:38:06 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygint.cygnus.com)
3897 * cplus-decl.c (duplicate_decls): Don't crash on duplicate
3899 (globalize_nested_type): Handle globalizing types when
3900 CLASS_BINDING_LEVEL goes out of effect.
3901 (init_decl_processing): Comment out decls for ABS, FABS and LABS.
3902 They conflict with libg++ inlines.
3904 * cplus-decl2.c (build_push_scope): Fix bug in last change.
3905 (finish_file): Make the dummy decl that we tack on to the global
3906 scope a TYPE_DECL instead of a VAR_DECL. Fake global VAR_DECLs are
3907 problematic on some machines (i.e. MIPS).
3909 * cplus-init.c (init_vfields): Use TREE_TYPE (VFIELDS) to find the
3910 type for which the VFIELD was last distinguished. This picks up
3911 cases where single inheritance overrides base class vtables and the
3912 base class does not get a new vtable for the override.
3914 * cplus-parse.y (named_class_head_sans_basetype): Handle a
3915 `template_type_name' by itself. This happens with e.g.
3916 friend class Stack<T>.
3918 * cplus-pt.c (mangle_class_name_for_template): Put ',' between
3920 (push_template_decls): Don't crash if ARGLIST is ERROR_MARK_NODE.
3922 * cplus-class.c (finish_base_struct): Compute MAX_HAS_VIRTUAL by
3923 looking at all the base classes relevant to VFIELDS.
3924 (build_vbase_path): Initialize NONNULL to zero.
3926 Tue May 7 23:47:42 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
3928 * stmt.c (any_pending_cleanups): Don't fail if block_stack is empty.
3930 Tue May 7 22:46:16 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
3932 * cse.c (simplify_binary_operation; case EQ, NE): Don't assume
3933 the address of a symbol is non-zero.
3935 * sched.c (schedule_insns): Ensure we free memory used by
3936 schedule_block when using the C alloca.
3938 Tue May 7 14:13:57 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
3940 * reload1.c (mark_reload_reg_in_use): New arg MODE. Mark all the regs.
3941 (choose_reload_regs): Pass that arg; don't loop here.
3943 * c-parse.y (typespec): Convert a TYPENAME to its meaning.
3945 * fold-const.c (fold): Don't assume symbolic constant is nonzero.
3947 * c-typeck.c (c_expand_asm_operands): Convert arrays, fcns to pointers.
3949 Mon May 6 23:29:21 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
3951 * cse.c (cse_insn): Only make a REG_WAS_0 note if the previous
3952 set was to the same register, not just the same quantity;
3953 if previous REG_WAS_0 note, update back pointer.
3954 If setting a register to a constant, update QTY_CONST and
3955 QTY_CONST_INSN so it points to the last set.
3956 In special case for (set REG0 REG1), ensure any REG_WAS_0 notes are
3959 * genrecog.c (make_insn_sequence): Don't clobber `i' when it is
3962 * out-vax.c (print_operand_address): Fix bug in last change in handling
3965 Mon May 6 16:41:50 1991 Torbjorn Granlund (tege at zevs.sics.se)
3967 * expmed.c (synth_mult): Make it handle t == 0. Improve comments.
3968 Use (max_cost <= add_cost) instead of (max_cost < add_cost) to
3969 determine if we should fail early (to better prune the search).
3970 Remove loop with n from factor synthesis. Remove -2 bias from m
3971 loop (for clearity). Add code to use load-effective-address
3972 instructions. Use bit-fiddling instead of loop to determine q in
3973 the last synthesis case.
3975 Mon May 6 11:21:45 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
3977 * c-typeck.c (convert_for_assignment): Reword an error message.
3979 * c-typeck.c (build_conditional_expr): Typo in last change.
3981 * Makefile.in (enquire, enquire.o): Depend on gnulib.
3983 Sun May 5 17:28:22 1991 (Eric Youngdale at youngdale@v6550c.nrl.navy.mil)
3985 * make-cc1.com: Update for GCC 2.0; build insn-attr.h, insn-attrtab.c.
3986 Compile and add obj to linker list: c-aux-info.c, c-common.c, c-lang.c,
3987 aux-output.c, calls.c, dwarfout.c, function.c, reorg.c, sched.c,
3988 sdbout.c, unroll.c, insn-attrtab.c. Remove references to symout.c.
3990 Sun May 5 15:32:01 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
3992 * Makefile.in (rest.encap): Make gnulib before float.h.
3994 * c-typeck.c (build_conditional_expr):
3995 Don't assume symbolic constant is nonzero.
3997 * reload1.c (choose_reload_regs): Ignore avoid_return_reg.
3998 (reload_as_needed, reload): Don't bother setting avoid_return_reg.
4000 Sun May 5 14:30:14 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygint.cygnus.com)
4002 * cplus-class.c (prev_class_type): Declare this to be static.
4003 (build_vbase_path): Test NONNULL to decide whether a COND_EXPR is
4005 (finish_struct): Another sort of hard virtual function to deal with
4006 is one which comes from the non-leftmost baseclass, and who's index
4007 is different between that class and the main derived class. Use new
4008 variable DOING_HARD_VIRTUALS to control when we punt and when we
4010 (modify_vtable_entry): If we find at this point that we have a hard
4011 virtual function, just put it on the list PENDING_HARD_VIRTUALS if
4012 DOING_HARD_VIRTUALS is nonzero.
4013 (fixed_type_p): Handle SAVE_EXPR, RTL_EXPR, PLUS_EXPR, MINUS_EXPR,
4014 NOP_EXPR and CONVERT_EXPR.
4015 (pushclass): Fixed comment. Also change test for whether this is
4016 the top-level class scope from an obscure one to an obvious one, and
4018 (pushclass,popclass): Now always allocate a binding level. Later
4019 we'll have to rewrite this to actually use it.
4021 * cplus-gc.c (type_needs_gc_entry): Don't need a GC entry for
4024 * cplus-init.c (build_new): Set TREE_CALLS_NEW on RTL_EXPR. This
4025 gives us a case that `fixed_type_p' can grok.
4027 * cplus-lex.c (identifier_type): Make this __inline if compiling
4029 (tree_node_kinds): Renamed to `tree_node_counts'.
4031 * cplus-parse.y (various places): Take advantage of default rule
4032 `$$ = $1', and where possible, use $$ instead of $1.
4033 Also, back out change for setting `looking_for_typename' to 1 at top
4036 * cplus-decl2.c (build_push_scope): If the user gives X::foo in X's
4037 scope, don't return a SCOPE_REF. Just return `foo' instead.
4039 * cplus-decl.c (init_decl_processing): Don't define `alloca' as a
4040 built-in function until libg++ header files agree with its built-in
4042 (finish_decl): Don't crash if TYPE is error_mark_node.
4044 * fold-const.c (split_tree): When splitting the tree, don't call
4045 convert if the TYPE_MODEs are the smae. This screws up C++ where
4046 conversion of one pointer type to another can cause the pointer's
4049 * tree.c (get_identifier): Speed up `get_identifier' by about a
4050 factor of 2. This becomes noticable with the long names used for
4052 (tree_cons): Make this most frequent user of `make_node' perform its
4055 * calls.c (expand_call): Eliminate many (most) calls to strcmp by
4056 being smarter about when to call it. Also, don't call `push_block'
4057 in the trivial case when it's not needed.
4059 Sun May 5 08:51:14 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
4061 * expr.c (convert_to_mode): Fix (for the second time) test for when
4062 gen_lowpart should be called.
4064 * cse.c (find_best_addr): Try to fold address.
4065 (fold_rtx): Do associativity and (not (not ...)) checks here.
4066 (cse_insn): Not here.
4068 * combine.c (recog_for_combine): New parameter, PNOTES.
4069 When we add a CLOBBER, put a REG_UNUSED note for it in *PNOTES.
4070 (try_combine): Call recog_for_combine with new parameter.
4071 Delete any now-invalid REG_UNUSED notes in OTHER_INSN and add any
4073 Add REG_NOTES to I3 and I2 due to added CLOBBERs.
4074 (remove_death): Call new function, remove_note.
4075 (move_deaths): Don't get confused by a CLOBBER.
4076 (distribute_notes): Don't make duplicate REG_UNUSED notes.
4077 Don't put a REG_DEAD note on an insn when the register is
4078 partially modified, but remains valid.
4080 * rtlanal.c (remove_note): New function.
4082 * combine.c (try_combine): When making a PARALLEL that does a compare
4083 and arithmetic, don't simplify the COMPARE.
4085 * combine.c (try_combine): Validate that I1DEST isn't being
4088 * combine.c (simplify_comparison): In ZERO_EXTRACT case, add missing
4089 test for equality comparison against zero; also invert comparison
4091 If we can't do a comparison in a narrower mode, but we know that
4092 some wider bits are zero, see if we can do it in a wider more.
4094 * cse.c (simplify_binary_operation): Remove obsolete code to convert
4095 negative shift counts to the opposite shift.
4096 Don't fold invalid shifts since they may trap (e.g., on Vax).
4098 * reload1.c (emit_reload_insns): Use rtx_equal_p to see if a result
4099 is already in the desired register.
4101 * combine.c (find_split_point): Add two more ways to split an insn.
4103 * combine.c (gen_binary): Put a complex operand first in addition to
4104 putting constants second, just like subst would do.
4106 * combine.c (significant_bits): Correct computation of significant bits
4107 for division operations.
4109 * combine.c (apply_distributive_law): Reject complex SUBREGs.
4110 SUBREG distributes over logical and addition operations.
4112 * combine.c (subst; case AND, IOR, XOR): Add some boolean
4113 arithmetic simplifications.
4115 * expr.c (do_jump): ADDRESS_EXPR is not always zero, unfortunately.
4117 * expr.c (do_store_flag): In case where we are testing a single bit,
4118 don't convert to output mode until after we do the shift.
4120 * optabs.c (expand_binop, expand_unop, expand_fix): Compare
4121 enum insn_code objects against CODE_FOR_nothing instead of 0.
4123 * romp.md (bit_insv): Use CC0 in standard way; i.e., in NE.
4125 Sat May 4 20:41:12 1991 (Eric Youngdale at youngdale@v6550c.nrl.navy.mil)
4127 * c-aux-info.c (gen_aux_info_record): Use getcwd on VMS a la USG.
4128 * dbxout.c: Same here.
4129 * xm-vms.h: Define unlink as remove
4130 (GCC_INCLUDE_DIR): Provide a dummy definition.
4132 Sat May 4 16:46:48 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
4134 * combine.c (can_combine_p, try_combine): Use SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
4135 to indicate when it is valid to do combines involving hard registers.
4136 * cse.c (canon_hash): #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES, don't record
4137 hard registers unless they are fp, ap, sp or are fixed.
4138 * loop.c (valid_initial_value_p): #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES,
4139 hard register aren't valid initial values.
4140 * reload1.c (reload): Initialize FORBIDDEN_REGS depending on
4141 whether we have small register classes or not.
4143 * ns32k.md: Replace const_int with const_int_operand.
4144 Remove HImode extractions.
4145 Remove patterns assigning an AND to CC0.
4146 (andcbxx3): Remove name and eliminate case with NOT as second operand.
4147 (sbitx, cbitx): Remove patterns involving IOR and ASHIFT; add patterns
4148 with ZERO_EXTRACT as destination.
4149 (ibitx): Put ASHIFT as first operand in XOR.
4150 (bitfield compare): Remove comparison of 1 bit field with 1; combine
4151 converts this to comparison with zero.
4152 (and-compare-branch): Fold PLUS or MINUS into constant, like combine
4154 Remove patterns for reversed cases.
4155 * out-ns32k.c (const_int): Deleted.
4157 * rtlanal.c (reg_used_between_p, reg_set_between_p): Use GET_RTX_CLASS.
4158 (reg_set_p_1): If we are setting a MEM, don't think we are setting
4159 registers used in its address.
4161 * m68k.md (cmpsf, cmpdf, tstsf, tstdf for FPA): Use MATCH_SCRATCH.
4162 * sparc.md (memory store patterns): Likewise.
4164 * function.c (assign_parms): Function is varargs function if the
4165 last parameter is `__builtin_va_alist_' instead of checking the first
4166 parameter. Normally, this is the same, but some functions in MACH
4167 have named parameters before va_alist.
4169 * combine.c (simplify_comparison): Remove abort on paradoxical SUBREGs
4170 now that we know they can occur.
4172 * reload.c (decompose): Handle SCRATCH; it can't conflict with
4174 (find_reloads): All operands can set earlyclobber, not just REG & MEM.
4175 Add support for "X" constraint.
4176 SCRATCH does not match "g" constraint.
4178 Sat May 4 14:03:16 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
4180 * enquire.c (EPROP): Avoid a <= out if bad is set.
4182 * SYSCALLS.c: Test bsd4_2 along with BSD.
4184 Fri May 3 14:26:51 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
4186 * c-decl.c (pushdecl): Stop looping on type if find error mark.
4188 * loop.c (invariant_p): An address with a PLUS is not the same as
4189 MEM_IN_STRUCT_P being set.
4191 * tree.h (TREE_NO_UNUSED_WARNING): New macro.
4192 * stmt.c (warn_if_unused_value): That flag suppresses warnings.
4193 * c-typeck.c (build_unary_op): Set flag when converting postinc.
4195 Fri May 3 08:09:47 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
4197 * tm-m88k.h (GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS): Remove workarounds for
4198 register elimination problems.
4200 Fri May 3 07:14:22 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
4202 * a29k.md: Fix typo in dmac pattern.
4203 Make many define_splits that convert DFmode and DImode to one word
4204 at a time to operate only after reload completes to improve reg alloc.
4205 (movdf): Correct typo in mfacc.
4206 (rotlsi3): Count is QImode, not SImode.
4208 * tm-a29kunix.h (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT): Change to 64.
4210 * tm-romp.h (OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS): Enable insn scheduling.
4211 (register definitions): No longer need dummy register and class;
4212 register numbers for FP register change.
4213 * romp.md: Use MATCH_SCRATCH instead of allocating pseudos
4214 to the dummy register class or base register depending on alternative.
4215 (FP insns): Add missing "=" to constraints in CLOBBERs.
4216 (extendqisi2, extendqihi2): Now DEFINE_EXPAND.
4217 (mc03 peephole): Can do if right shift >= 24 bits.
4218 * out-romp.c (reg_15_operand): Remove special case for FP delay slot.
4219 (romp_sa_size, output_fpop, output_loadsave_fpops, output_fpops):
4220 Change floating-point register numbers.
4222 * combine.c (simplify_shift_const, case for shifts): Verify that
4223 the host word size is wide enough.
4224 Properly handle (ashift (subreg (ashiftrt ...) ...) ...).
4226 * out-vax.c (print_operand_address, case PLUS): Handle all addresses
4227 accepted by GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS.
4229 * explow.c (plus_constant): force_const_mem does not necessarily
4230 return a valid address.
4231 * integrate.c (copy_rtx_and_substitute): Likewise.
4233 * Makefile.in (local-alloc.o): Includes output.h.
4234 * rtl.def (SCRATCH, MATCH_SCRATCH): New RTL codes.
4235 * regs.h (max_scratch): Add definition.
4236 * genconfig.c (walk_insn_part): Handle MATCH_SCRATCH.
4237 * genextract.c (walk_rtx): Likewise.
4238 * genemit.c (max_operand_1): Likewise.
4239 (gen_exp): Emit a SCRATCH for for MATCH_SCRATCH.
4240 (gen_insn): We can create (clobber (scratch)).
4241 * genoutput.c (scan_operands): Handle MATCH_SCRATCH;
4242 use switch instead of if's.
4243 * genrecog.c (make_insn_sequence): We can created (clobber (scratch)).
4244 (add_to_sequence): Handle MATCH_SCRATCH.
4245 * flow.c (life_analysis): Initialize max_scratch.
4246 (propagate_block): Update max_scratch with count from this block.
4247 (mark_set_1): Make REG_UNUSED note for SCRATCH and count it.
4248 * local-alloc.c: Include output.h.
4249 (qty_scratch_rtx): New variable.
4250 (alloc_qty): Rename INSN_NUMBER to BIRTH since that's what it is.
4251 (alloc_qty_for_scratch): New function.
4252 (local_alloc): Account for quantities needed for SCRATCH.
4253 Allocate and initialize qty_scratch_rtx.
4254 (block_alloc): Allocate quantities for SCRATCH operands.
4255 (requires_inout_p): Add "X" constraint.
4256 * recog.c (scratch_operand): New function.
4257 (constrain_operands): SCRATCH matches a register constraint unless
4260 * regclass.c (reg_class_record): Add "X" constraint.
4261 * reload1.c (emit_reload_insns): Add SCRATCH to test for operand that
4262 dies right away; update REG_UNUSED note for SCRATCH.
4263 Never need reload insn for SCRATCH, even if no REG_UNUSED note.
4264 * rtlanal.c (reg_mentioned_p, reg_overlap_mentioned_p, rtx_equal_p):
4266 (volatile_refs_p, side_effects_p, may_trap_p): Likewise.
4267 (inequality_comparisons_p, replace_regs): Likewise.
4269 * flow.c (mark_set_1): Don't do anything special with partial
4270 assignments; this is already handled by mark_used_regs and we now
4271 want to make LOG_LINKS for these.
4273 * combine.c: Includes expr.h.
4274 (expand_field_assignment, make_extraction): New functions.
4275 (get_pos_from_mask, make_field_assignment): Likewise.
4276 (can_combine_p): Remove special case for SUBREG in SET_DEST; call
4277 expand_field_assignment instead.
4278 (try_combine): Remove code to handle STRICT_LOW_PART here.
4279 Call expand_field_assignment on SETs in I3.
4280 (find_split_point): Split up simple cases of bitfield assignments.
4281 (subst, case ZERO_EXTRACT): Remove processing of ZERO_EXTRACT in a
4283 (subst, case SET): Try to convert this into a field assignment by
4284 calling make_field_assignment.
4285 No need to call make_compound_operation for COMPAREs;
4286 make_compound_operation now returns an rtx and is no longer passed
4288 Remove tests for ZERO_EXTRACT in SET_DEST.
4289 (make_compound_operation): Now returns rtx and is passed rtx, instead
4291 Call make_extraction.
4292 (simplify_comparison): Call make_compound_operation here and remove any
4293 outermost SUBREGs that aren't doing anything.
4295 * Makefile.in (combine.o): Includes expr.h.
4297 * expr.c (convert_to_mode): Correct which cases can use gen_lowpart.
4299 * final.c (final_scan_insn): Don't set INSN_DELETED_P after writing
4302 * genoutput.c (main): Don't include aux-output.c in insn-output.c.
4303 Include stdio.h before output.h.
4304 (output_epilogue): Write definitions for all the predicates
4305 placed in `insn_operand_predicate'.
4306 * output.h: No longer need to define operand-predicate functions.
4307 * configure: (m88k/dg): Only difference between xm-m88k{,dgux}.h was
4308 definition of SEPARATE_AUX_OUTPUT, so we don't need xm-m88kdgux.h.
4309 * xm-m88kdgux.h: Deleted.
4310 Fix typo setting `target' in Makefile.
4311 * Makefile.in (AUX_OUTPUT2): Deleted.
4312 (OBJS): Remove AUX_OUTPUT2 and add aux-output.o.
4313 (aux-output2.o): Now aux-output.o.
4314 (insn-output.o): No longer depends on aux-output.c.
4315 * make-m88kdgux (AUX_OUTPUT2): No longer define.
4316 * tm-m68k.h, tm-romp.h, tm-sparc.h: Define functions in out-*.c and
4317 used by insn-output.c.
4318 * tm-m88k.h: Remove conditionalization for SEPARATE_AUX_OUTPUT; now
4320 No longer define predicate functions; done by genoutput.c.
4321 * tm-mips.h: No longer define SEPARATE_AUX_OUTPUT.
4322 * out-*.c: Add includes previously present in insn-output.c.
4323 * out-sparc.c (output_fp_move_double): No longer static.
4324 (output_sized_memop): No longer need to define asm_out_file here.
4325 (output_function_epilogue): Correct type; function is void, not char *.
4327 Fri May 3 01:05:44 1991 Micheal Tiemann (tiemann at pogo.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
4329 * sdbout.c (sdbout_one_type): TYPE_FIELDs may contain other kinds of
4330 _DECL nodes than just FIELD_DECL nodes (in GNU C++, at least).
4331 Don't look through such nodes until further mods are made to handle
4334 Thu May 2 14:43:48 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
4336 * c-decl.c (finish_enum): Don't store enum type as type of value.
4338 * c-parse.y (YYPRINT, yyprint): New macro and new function.
4340 * expmed.c (expand_and): Handle both args constant.
4342 * expr.c (store_field): Avoid refetching from bitfield if possible.
4344 * math-68881.h (pow): Negate x if negative when taking log.
4346 * expr.c (emit_move_insn): Fixed typo in `y1 = change_address' call.
4347 Reenable the code to move objects word at a time.
4349 Thu May 2 12:29:16 1991 Eric Youngdale (youngdale at v6550c.nrl.navy.mil)
4351 * cccp.c (hack_vms_include_specification): Modified conversion of
4352 unix filenames to VMS filenames, if no VMS device or directory is
4353 present, and a unix style directory name is present, then use the
4354 first unix directory name as the VMS device spec. This is only
4355 used in '#include <...>' type includes, when the include file has
4356 not been found in the standard locations.
4358 Thu May 2 10:06:47 1991 Micheal Tiemann (tiemann at pogo.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
4360 * cplus-decl.c (init_decl_processing): Call init_gc_processing if
4362 * cplus-init.c (build_new): Argument to build_compound_expr must be
4363 a TREE_LIST all the way. The last elt of the chain cannot be an
4366 Thu May 2 07:33:50 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
4368 * expr.c (expand_expr, case CONVERT_EXPR): Pass bitsize to store_field
4369 instead of size in bytes.
4371 Wed May 1 13:33:58 1991 Micheal Tiemann (tiemann at pogo.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
4373 * version.c: Bumped version number to 1.93.
4375 Wed May 1 12:26:36 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
4377 * gcc.c (link_command_spec): Pass plain -m to ld.
4379 * c-decl.c (finish_enum): Clean up re-laying out of type.
4381 Wed May 1 08:04:44 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
4383 * Makefile.in: Handle new cplus-*.c files.
4385 * cplus-typeck.c (common_base_type): Make this function recursive.
4386 (build_component_ref): Test whether or not a FIELD_DECL, not whether
4387 or not a VAR_DECL||CONST_DECL||TYPE_DECL.
4389 * cplus-parse.y: Fixed grammar so that template type decls could be
4390 used. Previously, support existed for template decls following
4391 types, but not as types.
4392 * cplus-pt.c ({push,pop}_template_decls): New functions.
4393 (instantiate_template): Call `push_template_decls'.
4394 (end_template_instantiation): Let `poplevel' restore old bindings.
4395 No need to clear out extra stuff.
4396 (pushclass, popclass): Call `{push,pop}_template_decls' if the class
4397 we are pushing or popping has template arguments. These arguments
4400 * cplus-method.c (build_opfncall): Test TRY_SECOND before testing
4401 possibly uninitialized XARG2.
4403 * cplus-lex.c (init_lex): Initialize NODE_TABLE, OPNAME_TAB and
4404 ASSIGNOP_TAB to hold zero. Since these come from malloc'd memory,
4405 we cannot trust them to be initialized on startup.
4407 * cplus-init.c (expand_aggr_init_1): When initializing through a
4408 TARGET_EXPR for objects of the same type (e.g., X a = X (10);)
4409 use EXP's DECL_RTL as the DECL_RTL of the TARGET_EXPR.
4411 * cplus-decl2.c (finish_file): Handle new flag `-fgnu-binutils'.
4412 When zero, don't use GNU extensions to a.out format. ???Should be
4413 merged into varasm.c.
4415 * cplus-class.c: Added support for `dossiers'. This support is
4416 implemented by extending the virtual function table and by giving
4417 all C++ objects a virtual function table to hold it's dossier.
4418 * cplus-decl.c (record_builtin_type): New function to construct
4419 dossier information for built-in types.
4420 (output_builtin_tdesc_entries): To keep repeated information under
4421 control, we only output this information for the file that contains
4423 (init_decl_processing): Many dossier-related changes.
4424 (init_lex): Recognize new reserved words `headof' and `classof' if
4426 * cplus-parse.y: Grammar now recognizes `headof' and `classof'
4428 * cplus-method.c: Added dossier constructors here.
4429 * cplus-tree.h (CLASSTYPE_DOSSIER): New macro: `dossier' is a new
4431 * cplus-typeck.c (convert_for_assignment): Handle
4432 `class_star_type_node'.
4434 * cplus-class.c: New variable current_class_depth. Used to tell
4435 what class nesting level the compiler is at.
4436 * cplus-decl.c (grokdeclarator): Now supports references to decls
4437 that come from nested types. For example, int foo::bar (foo_tag);
4438 where `foo_tag' is a tag that comes from foo. Previously this was
4439 supported only as int foo::bar (foo::foo_tag);
4440 * cplus-decl2.c (build_push_scope): build a SCOPE_REF node while
4441 pushing into the context for the scope. When `grokdeclarator' sees
4442 one of these nodes (distinuished by its TREE_COMPLEXITY being set to
4443 the current_class_depth), it processes the decl and pops the scope.
4445 * cplus-class.c (build_vbase_path): Trust objects that are
4446 `fixed_type_p'. Also, don't assume an object is non-null unless
4447 flag says this is explicitly so. InterViews creates and may
4448 manipulate (via delete) lots of null objects.
4449 (build_vfn_reference): Use IS_AGGR_TYPE test on type, not in
4451 (resolves_to_fixed_type_p): New argument NONNULL is used in case we
4452 know and object to be non-zero. All callers changed.
4454 * cplus-call.c: New file, from file cplus-class.c. Contains code to
4455 generate method calls.
4456 * cplus-class.h: New file, contains common declarations for
4457 cplus-class.c and cplus-call.c.
4459 * cplus-class.c (finish_struct_bits): Don't leave last_conversions
4462 Tue Apr 30 17:14:00 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
4464 * expr.c (expand_expr):
4465 Preserve volatility when changing ARRAY_REF to use a pointer.
4467 * vax.md (indirect_jump): Use parens around register, not @.
4469 * fixincludes (machine/cpu.h): Delete superfluous `static'.
4471 * tm-decstatn.h (CPP_PREDEFINES): Define __mips and __LANGUAGE_C.
4473 * explow.c (allocate_dynamic_stack_space): Compensate if
4474 STACK_POINTER_OFFSET throws off the alignment.
4476 * loop.c (strength_reduce): Typos setting not_every_iteration.
4478 Tue Apr 30 16:10:32 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
4480 * vax.md (bicb): Fix typo that caused operand not to be negated.
4481 (jlbs/jlbc): Operand[0] cannot be a constant.
4483 * rtl.h: Put NOTE_INSN_... codes in order.
4484 (find_regno_note): Add missing definition.
4486 * reload.c (find_reloads_address): Handle an indexed stack slot that
4487 is made out of range by frame pointer elimination.
4489 Tue Apr 30 14:09:28 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
4491 * toplev.c (compile_file): Output gcc2_compiled, not gcc_compiled.
4492 * tm-tower-as.h (ASM_IDENTIFY_GCC): Likewise.
4494 Tue Apr 30 13:56:40 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
4496 * varasm.c (output_addressed_constants): Return and indication of
4497 whether the variable requires link-time relocations.
4498 (assemble_variable, get_or_assign_label): Use this value when
4499 choosing the section. Use the data section for variables and
4500 constants that are otherwise read-only when -fpic is given and
4501 when link-time relocations are required.
4502 * tm-*.h (SELECT_SECTION): Accept a new second parameter RELOC.
4504 Tue Apr 30 10:24:36 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
4506 * rtl.h (NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP), rtl.c (note_insn_name): Add a new
4507 note indicating the virtual top of a loop.
4508 * jump.c (duplicate_loop_exit_test): Mark the duplicated exit code
4509 in the loop as the virtual top of the converted loop.
4510 (squeeze_notes): Move loop-vtop notes as well.
4511 * loop.c (scan_loop): When a loop-vtop note is encountered, reset
4512 `maybe_never' and `call_passed'.
4513 (strength_reduce): Similarly, reset `not_every_iteration'.
4515 Tue Apr 30 08:15:50 1991 Michael Meissner (meissner at osf.org)
4517 * expr.c (do_store_flag): Move the join label after setting the
4518 target value to 0, rather than before, which generates code that
4519 always stores 0 into the target if the machine does not have a
4520 builtin scc operation.
4522 Tue Apr 30 06:26:36 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
4524 * reload1.c (reload): When making reg_equiv_mem and reg_equiv_address
4525 from reg_equiv_memory_loc, clear the one we aren't setting; it might
4526 have been previously set.
4528 * final.c (final_scan_insn): Correctly handle when the first insn in a
4529 SEQUENCE is a JUMP_INSN that forces restoration of a comparison
4530 previously thought unnecessary.
4532 * fold-const.c (fold, case PLUS_EXPR): If we have 2 * real_cst,
4533 fold into a new constant instead of making real_cst + real_cst.
4535 Mon Apr 29 23:09:17 1991 Ken Raeburn (raeburn at watch.com)
4537 * cplus-decl.c (output_builtin_tdesc_entries): Corrected
4538 declaration of permanent_obstack.
4539 (init_decl_processing): Record declaration of int with name "int"
4541 (finish_decl): Fix typo in comment.
4543 * cplus-class.c (finish_struct): Made error message for union
4544 member requiring constructor/destructor a little tidier.
4545 (resolve_scope_to_name): Look at fields of current type as well as
4546 tags, in case of local typedefs.
4547 (build_method_call): Permit explicit call of destructor in class
4548 that doesn't have one. (That's what the ARM says....)
4550 * cplus-decl.c (set_nested_typename): New function, extracted from
4551 within pushtag. Extended to deal with null classname.
4553 (pushdecl): For a TYPE_DECL, ensure that the nested typename gets
4555 (pushdecl_class_level): Ditto.
4556 (constructor_name): Test various assertions.
4557 (hack_incomplete_structures): If type is a class template, punt.
4559 * cplus-input.c (getch): Renamed from get_character. Callers
4561 cplus-lex.c (old getch): Deleted.
4563 * cplus-lex.c (save_pending_input, restore_pending_input): New
4564 functions for saving and restoring lexer state.
4565 (process_next_inline): Restore lexer state after each function.
4566 cplus-pt.c (end_template_instantiation): Ditto.
4567 cplus-input.c (struct input_source, getch, feed_input): Preserve
4568 putback_char and lexer state.
4570 * cplus-input.c (getch): Return magic cookie on end of saved input
4571 for lexer to recognize.
4572 cplus-lex.c (yylex): Turn it into END_OF_SAVED_INPUT.
4573 (process_next_inline): Require it after inline function body.
4575 * cplus-lex.c (do_pending_inlines): Don't save away current
4576 file/line-no info; character input processing should do that.
4577 (yyungetc): Turn conditional abort into assertion test.
4578 (note_list_got_semicolon): Since variable "type" is available, use
4579 it rather than recompute.
4580 (identifier_type): Now static.
4581 (yylex): Warn about conflicts with class template expansion names.
4583 * cplus-parse.y (temporary_scope): New variable.
4584 (object and scoped_id actions): Set it to current type.
4585 (many other actions): Clear it.
4586 (scoped_typename): Now derivable also from scoped_id and TYPENAME.
4587 cplus-lex.c (yylex): If temporary_scope is set, use it to
4588 determine type of current token being examined, instead of looking
4589 always in the global scope. (Can't properly do nested template
4592 * cplus-ptree.c (print_lang_decl): Print out template-info,
4593 original-name, decl-main-variant, and pending-inline-info nodes if
4596 * cplus-pt.c (mangle_class_name_for_template): For negative
4597 numbers, use "m" prefix rather than printf's "-".
4598 (overload_template_name): Test more assertions. Use
4599 SET_IDENTIFIER_TYPE_VALUE macro.
4600 (lookup_template_class): Assert template decl node is non-null.
4601 Push to permanent obstacks for new allocations.
4602 (instantiate_template): Return new class type in a list.
4604 * cplus-pt.c (undo_template_name_overload): Clear type local
4605 definition of template name.
4606 (end_template_instantiation): Call it.
4607 cplus-parse.y (structsp actions): Ditto.
4608 (named_class_head_sans_basetype): Don't call
4609 overload_template_name here.
4610 (named_class_head): Call xref_tag, to define a tag, before calling
4613 * cplus-parse.y (tmpl.1, tmpl.2): Delete type declarations, since
4614 they have no values.
4615 (yyprint, YYPRINT): New function and macro to work with debugging
4616 code added to bison.
4617 (datadef -> template_header... actions): Assign yychar, rather
4618 than calling yyungetc and yylex. Require trailing semicolon.
4619 (fn.def1 -> PRE_PARSED_FUNCTION_DECL action): Preserve all of
4620 terminal value, instead of just TREE_PURPOSE.
4621 (tmpl.1 action): Do instantiation only if '{' or ':' not found.
4622 (template_instantiation): Call overload_template_name right away.
4623 (primary -> .scope new '(' typename ')' '[' ...): Detect and warn
4624 about this construct, which appears to be recognizeable, though
4625 disallowed by the ARM.
4626 (primary -> delete[]): Return error_mark_node.
4627 (primary -> obj TYPESPEC::~TYPESPEC()): Catch, parse as valid.
4628 Returned value not determined yet.
4629 (typespec): No longer derived from PTYPENAME.
4630 (LC): Added missing semicolon at end of rule.
4631 (stmt): A PTYPENAME can also be used as a label name.
4633 Mon Apr 29 22:18:47 1991 James Van Artsdalen (james at bigtex.cactus.org)
4635 * tm-att386.h (ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL): Align static local variables.
4637 Mon Apr 29 15:20:35 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
4639 * fold-const.c (fold): Don't assume an address is nonzero.
4640 * cse.c (fold_rtx): Likewise.
4642 * stmt.c (warn_if_unused_value): No warning for cast of cast of modify.
4644 * Makefile.in (USER_H): Remove float.h.
4646 Mon Apr 29 13:46:48 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at cygnus.com)
4648 * loop.c (scan_loop): When see a REG_EQUAL note, check for both
4649 the move_insn and the REG_RETVAL case, since they can occur together.
4650 (move_movables): For the move_insn case, handle library calls just
4651 like the older normal case code below, that is, skip to the end of a
4652 library call when when see a REG_LIBCALL note, and delete an entire
4653 library call if when see a REG_RETVAL note.
4655 Mon Apr 29 12:58:19 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at cygnus.com)
4657 * sched.c: (schedule_block): Rewrite code that computes which
4658 registers are live at the end of the block. Compute this from
4659 basic_block_live_at_start info of current block, instead of from
4660 all reachable blocks. Previous code failed if one of the
4661 reachable blocks consisted of dead code.
4662 (sched_note_set): Set bb_live_regs when DEATH is false.
4664 * sched.c: Update copyright. Correct various problems with
4665 indentation and white space.
4666 (canon_rtx): Delete obsolete code handling INSN_LIST rtx. Add
4667 code to recurse on the operands of a PLUS rtx.
4668 (find_symbolic_term): New function. Recursively search an rtx for
4669 a SYMBOL_REF or a LABEL_REF and return pointer to one if found.
4670 (memrefs_conflict_p): No longer needs to call canon_rtx on
4671 operands of a plus. Now handles case of two addresses with
4672 different base addresses.
4673 (schedule_block): Don't set INSN_DELETED_P bit of ignored notes.
4674 Verify that REG_DEAD notes have a register value.
4675 (sched_analyze_1): Ifdef out obsolete code which calculates cc0
4677 (sched_analyze): Likewise.
4678 (schedule_block): Likewise.
4679 (launch_links): Delete obsolete code for handling SPARC 'orcc' insns.
4681 Mon Apr 29 12:09:32 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
4683 * configure: Allow spaces between options and their args.
4685 Mon Apr 29 06:35:09 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
4687 * jump.c (jump_optimize): Don't emit jump to next insn; this would
4688 cause jump_optimize to loop.
4689 (jump_optimize, duplicate_loop_end_test, do_cross_jump): Never put
4690 insn in jump_chain if its INSN_UID is too large.
4691 (redirect_tablejump): Likewise.
4693 Sun Apr 28 08:00:01 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
4695 * cplus-decl.c (init_decl_processing): Merge changes in builtin
4696 function handling to match the way that c-decl.c now works.
4697 Also add global variables to support that change.
4698 (define_function): Ditto.
4700 * cplus-decl2.c: Add flags for gc and xref.
4701 * cplus-tree.h (DECL_GC_OFFEST): New macro for gc.
4702 * cplus-tree.h: Rearrange CLASSTYPE_ASSOC and CLASSTYPE_BASETYPES so
4703 that the former now uses TYPE_LANG_SPECIFIC storage, and the latter
4704 uses TYPE_BASETYPES.
4705 * cplus-tree.h: Change overload names of new and delete to `nw' and
4706 `dl'. Formerly, `new' was being seen as `ne', the encoding for `not
4709 * cplus-xref.c: New file. Adds support for generating
4710 cross-reference information such as a class browser or program
4713 * cplus-gc.c: New file. Add support for garbage collection.
4714 * cplus-decl.c (finish_decl): Tie decls to their places in the
4716 * cplus-init.c (build_new): Added hooks for gc.
4717 * cplus-typeck.c (convert_arguments): protect arguments from the
4718 garbage collector if -fgc.
4719 (build_modify_expr): More gc-related changes.
4721 Fri Apr 26 07:31:26 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
4723 * integrate.c (expand_inline_function): Add missing increment of I.
4725 Thu Apr 25 11:07:11 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
4727 * m88k.md (various patterns): Use nonimmediate_operand in place of
4728 reg_or_nonsymb_mem_operand and constraint `m' in place of `Q'.
4729 * tm-m88k.h (EXTRA_CONSTRAINT): Only needed for a call address.
4730 * out-m88k.c: reg_or_nonsymb_mem_operand and symbolic_memory_p are
4733 * m88k.md (symbolic store patterns): These patterns are all
4734 unnecessary and are deleted.
4735 * out-m88k.c (emit_move_sequence): Eliminate the case that
4736 generated a CLOBBER. This was intended to use the symbolic store
4737 patterns, but isn't needed.
4738 (symbolic_memory_operand): Delete, no longer used.
4739 (output_prologue): Don't check for suspicious register elimination
4741 * tm-m88k.h (GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS): Treat the frame pointer
4742 like the argument pointer as both may change to REG+SMALLINT.
4744 Tue Apr 23 15:08:03 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at cygnus.com)
4746 * out-sparc.c (output_scc_insn): Clean up and expand comments.
4747 Don't assume that JUMP_LABEL fields are always valid, they aren't
4748 when compiling without optimization.
4750 Mon Apr 22 13:56:43 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
4752 * cplus-class.c (prepare_fresh_vtable): Thoroughly update virtual
4753 function tables that come from baseclasses to contain the latest
4754 overrides from derived classes. This was done (in a different way)
4755 for virtual baseclasses, but left undone for non-virtual
4757 (finish_struct_bits): Use assoc lists instead of class basetype list
4758 to walk through the classes base classes. This gives us more
4759 relavant classes to check against.
4760 * cplus-init.c (init_vfields): New function to recursively walk
4761 objects and make sure their vfields are initialized.
4762 * cplus-init.c (emit_base_init): Call `init_vfields' from top level.
4764 * cplus-tree.h (TYPE_IDENTIFIER): New macro, gives the
4765 IDENTIFIER_NODE for a given aggr TYPE.
4766 * cplus-class.c (add_method): Use TYPE_IDENTIFIER.
4767 * cplus-cvt.c (various places): Ditto.
4769 * cplus-class.c (finish_struct): Add TYPE_DECLs to the list of a
4770 class's members that come from the types implicitly declared tags.
4772 * cplus-decl.c (grokdeclarator): If a function is declared `static
4773 inline', don't give it global visibility, regardless of what #pragma
4774 interface/implementation suggests.
4776 * cplus-decl.c (finish_function): ??? Questionable change for PIC:
4777 don't let constructors and destructors that manipulate vtables go
4778 inline, since this somehow reduces page sharing. Really???
4780 * cplus-except.c (init_exception_processing): Use `pushdecl' to
4781 install global info that this function sets up. That way later
4782 decls can override this info (such as with an inline function).
4784 * cplus-init.c (build_vec_delete): Set TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS of
4785 controller. Otherwise the loop won't execute.
4787 * cplus-method.c (prepare_inline): Rewritten and simplified.
4788 (do_inline_method_hair): Ditto.
4790 * cplus-tree.c (lang_output_debug_info): Only output nested type if
4791 we would also output enclosing type.
4793 * cplus-typekc.c (c_expand_return): Use pseudo for intermediate
4794 return value if necessary. GCC can't read the function return
4795 registers in an inline functino when the return value is being
4798 Mon Apr 22 14:36:01 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at cygnus.com)
4800 * sched.c (init_alias_analysis): Handle REG_EQUIV notes just like
4803 * sched.c (sched_analyze_2): Don't recurse on constant rtx's.
4804 This is necessary so that the cc0_rtx in CONST_DOUBLEs won't be seen.
4805 (sched_analyze): Call sched_analyze_insn for JUMP_INSNS also, so
4806 that cc0 users will get an automatic dependence on their previous
4808 (launch_links): Ifdef out special treatment of insns which set the
4809 condition codes. This is obsolete, and was SPARC specific anyways.
4810 (new_sometimes_live): Clarify code that aborts if regno is greater
4812 (schedule_block): If the last insn sets cc0, then it must always
4814 (new_insn_dead_notes): New function. Determines whether a SET or
4815 CLOBBER in an insn created by splitting needs a REG_DEAD or
4816 REG_UNUSED note added.
4817 (update_links): Ignore REG_EQUIV and REG_EQUAL notes on insns that
4818 have more than one set. Generalize flow analysis of the sets in
4819 the new insns so that it can handle new insns which have multiple
4820 sets or new clobbers.
4822 Mon Apr 22 08:15:50 1991 Michael Meissner (meissner at osf.org)
4824 * gcc.c (input_suffix): New global var; holds current file's suffix.
4825 (handle_braces): Substitute X in %{.S:X} if the current file has
4826 suffix .S. Similarly, substitute X in %{!.S:X} if the current file
4827 does not have suffix .S.
4828 (validate_switches): Ignore .S part in %{.S:X} construct.
4830 Sat Apr 20 14:41:17 1991 Micheal Tiemann (tiemann at pogo.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
4832 * final.c (leaf_function_p): Define this in any event.
4834 Sat Apr 20 10:45:43 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
4836 * loop.c (check_dbra_loop): Use GET_RTX_CLASS when appropriate.
4837 Check for setting biv with single_set rather than only allowing a SET.
4838 If a loop has a `break', we can't reverse it.
4840 * cse.c (cse_insn): Fold inside operands of a CALL (mostly to find the
4841 best address form to use).
4843 * cse.c (simplify_unary_operation): Convert (neg (neg ..)) to NEG.
4845 (simplify_binary_operation): Simplify things like (-a) + b.
4846 Convert UDIV with divisor a constant power of two into LSHIFTRT.
4848 Only fold shifts of a zero by a value into zero if the value has
4850 Remove code to handle negative shift counts.
4852 * tm-a29k.h (OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS): Allow insn scheduling to be
4853 enabled, now that it works for the 29k.
4855 * tm-rs6000.h (LINK_SPEC): Add "-bhalt:4" to LINK_SPEC (don't ask!).
4857 Fri Apr 19 13:18:52 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
4859 * explow.c (memory_address): Test `cse_not_expected' instead of
4860 `optimize' so that we don't make new pseudos after flow is run.
4862 * genflags.c (gen_insn): If extra condition is more than one line,
4863 use \'s to make proper multi-line macro definition.
4865 Thu Apr 18 13:40:01 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at cygnus.com)
4867 * loop.c (check_dbra_loop): Reenable no_use_except_for_counting code
4868 which was mistakenly ifdefed out as buggy. The actual bug was in
4869 strength_reduce, and has already been fixed.
4871 Thu Apr 18 09:47:25 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
4873 * loop.c (record_giv): Allow for the case where regno_last_uid
4874 of DEST_REG has been moved or deleted.
4876 * rtlanal.c (replace_regs): Add missing argument in recursive call.
4878 * recog.c (nonmemory_operand): Only call general_operand for
4879 a SUBREG if it is a MEM, just like register_operand.
4881 * local-alloc.c (block_alloc): Handle case where the last insn of
4882 a REG_NO_CONFLICT block requires some CLOBBERs, but is a single SET.
4884 * out-romp.c, out-rs6000.c (next_insn_tests_no_unsigned): If a
4885 REG_UNUSED note for (cc0) is present on INSN, return 1.
4887 * jump.c (delete_jump): If the previous insn sets cc0 but we can't
4888 delete it for some reason, add a REG_UNUSED note for cc0 in that insn.
4890 * out-a29k.c: Rename input_operand to in_operand and output_operand
4891 to out_operand to avoid conflict with output_operand in final.c.
4892 * a29k.md: Likewise.
4893 (call patterns): Don't put SYMBOL_REF in MEM for recursive call;
4894 it might not be recursive if inlined; let cse do it later.
4895 * tm-a29k.h (RTX_COST, ADDRESS_COST): All addresses have the same
4896 cost, but MEM is expensive.
4898 Tue Apr 16 16:01:47 1991 Michael Meissner (meissner at osf.org)
4900 * configure: Add osfrose, osf, and mips/dec-osfrose.
4902 * out-mips.c (toplevel): Include necessary include files so
4903 out-mips.c can be compiled separately.
4904 (g_switch_value): New variable to hold -G xx value.
4905 (g_switch_set): New variable to indicate if -G xx used.
4906 (current_function_file): New variable to hold last .file.
4907 (file_in_function_warning): New variable to hold if we've warned the
4908 user that ECOFF can't switch files within a function.
4909 (mips_rtx_classify): New array to classify an insn.
4910 (mips_reg_names): New array to hold the register names.
4911 REGISTER_NAMES initializes all elements to point into here, and
4912 override_options resets the names if -mrnames is used.
4913 (mips_sw_reg_names): New array to hold the alternate register names.
4914 (mips_regno_to_class): New array to map hard register number to
4916 (uns_arith_operand): Rewrite so call to register_operand is done
4918 (arith_operand): ditto.
4919 (arith32_operand): ditto.
4920 (large_int): New function to return true if int constant will take 2
4921 instructions to load into a register.
4922 (reg_or_0_operand): New function to return true if a register or
4923 constant 0 is the operand for use in store patterns.
4924 (md_register_operand): New function to return true if either the hi
4925 or lo register is used.
4926 (mips_const_double_ok): New function to return true if a
4927 CONST_DOUBLE can be used as a constant in a RTL expression. At
4928 present, only DImode constants and 0.0 is allowed.
4929 (simple_memory_operand): New function to return true if a memory
4930 reference is a simple register + small offset.
4931 (gp_memory_operand): New function to return true if a memory
4932 reference uses the global pointer.
4933 (mips_move_instructions): New function to handle all data movement
4934 of one word or less.
4935 (mips_move_2words_instructions): New function to handle all data
4936 movement of two words.
4937 (init_cumulative_args): Remove print_tree debug call.
4938 (function_arg_partial_nregs): Fix bug in passing structures where
4939 the wrong field was used.
4940 (print_options): Enable this function, body was in #if 0.
4941 (override_options): Spell function name with two r's. Change how
4942 the -G xx and -mGx options are handled. If neither passed use the
4943 appropriate default. If -mgas make sure debug format is DBX, and if
4944 not -mgas, use SDB debug format. If -mrnames and -mgas, give an
4945 error message, otherwise set up mips_reg_names. Set up the
4946 mips_rtx_classify array.
4947 (print_options): New function instead of a long macro. Add %C to
4948 print part of the opcode for a branch condition, %N to print the
4949 inverted branch condition, %( to do .set noreorder, %) to do .set
4950 reorder, %[ to do .set noat, %] to do .set at, %& to do .set
4951 noreorder if filling delay slots, and %# to print nop if delay slot
4953 (print_operand_address): New function instead of a long macro.
4954 (compute_frame_size): New function to abstract all the frame related
4955 information like frame size, saved registers, etc.
4956 (save_restore): Common function between the prologue and epilogue to
4957 save/restore the registers in the proper order. Make $31 saved at
4959 (function_prologue): Call compute_frame_size and save_restore. Make
4960 sure the appropriate .file is done before any statement in the
4961 prologue since the MIPS ECOFF requires this.
4962 (function_epilogue): Call compute_frame_size and save_restore.
4964 * tm-decstatn.h (CPP_PREDEFINES): Define the appropriate macros.
4965 (*_SPEC): Move the DECstation related specs here from tm-mips.h.
4967 * tm-decrose.h (new file): File to support OSF/1 with OSF/rose
4970 * tm-mips-sysv.h (CPP_PREDEFINES): Define the appropriate macros.
4971 (*_SPEC): Move the DECstation related specs here from tm-mips.h.
4973 * tm-mips-bsd.h (CPP_PREDEFINES): Define the appropriate macros.
4974 (*_SPEC): Move the DECstation related specs here from tm-mips.h.
4976 * tm-mips-news.h (CPP_PREDEFINES): Define the appropriate macros.
4977 (*_SPEC): Move the DECstation related specs here from tm-mips.h.
4979 * tm-iris.h (CPP_PREDEFINES): Define the appropriate macros.
4980 (*_SPEC): Move the DECstation related specs here from tm-mips.h.
4981 (SET_FILE_NUMBER): Define, so that .file number is always 1.
4982 (LABEL_AFTER_LOC): Define, so that a label appears after .loc.
4983 (STACK_ARGS_ADJUST): Iris frames require 32 bytes at the top of the
4984 call frame instead of the normal MIPS 16.
4986 * mips.md (all): Add first cut at attributes to identify insn type.
4987 (all): Where appropriate, use @ form for alternates, instead of
4989 (define_delay): Put arithmetic and one word stores in call, jump,
4991 (define_function_unit): Add functional unit definitions for memory
4992 and integer multiply/divide.
4993 (anonymous add/subtract insn): Remove support for reg + large offset
4994 that omitting the frame pointer caused in 1.xx to see if it is
4996 (mulsi3): Add clobbers for the hi/lo registers. Add a define_split
4997 and an anonymous define_insn to separate the mult instruction from
4999 (divmodsi4): Add clobbers for the hi/lo registers.
5000 (udivmodsi4): Add clobbers for the hi/lo registers.
5001 (divsi3): Add clobbers for the hi/lo registers. Restrict divides
5002 and modulus to register / register.
5006 (divide peepholes): Add two peepholes to catch divide followed by
5007 modulus of the same values.
5008 (anddi3): Remove pattern, use default behavior.
5009 (iordi3): Remove pattern, use default behavior.
5010 (xordi3): Remove pattern, use default behavior.
5011 (truncsiqi2): Remove pattern, use default behavior.
5012 (truncsihi2): Remove pattern, use default behavior.
5013 (trunchiqi2): Remove pattern, use default behavior.
5014 (truncdfsf2): Remove asm comment.
5015 (extendhisi2): Add a define_split for shift case.
5016 (extendqisi2): Add a define_split for shift case.
5017 (extendqihi2): Add a define_split for shift case.
5018 (movdi): Turn into a define_expand to guarantee that memory <->
5019 memory moves go through a register.
5025 (movdi_internal): new define_insn. Add fp registers to the
5026 alternatives. Call mips_move_2words_instructions to do the actual
5027 movement. Require memory addresses to be offsetable.
5028 (movdf_internal): ditto.
5029 (movsi_internal): new define_insn. Add storing 0 to memory
5030 directly using $0. Add transfer to/from multiply/divide registers,
5031 and to the fp status register. Call mips_move_instructions to do
5033 (movhi_internal): ditto.
5034 (movqi_internal): ditto.
5035 (movsf_internal): ditto.
5036 (jump): Add %& to turn on .set noreorder if filling delay slot.
5039 (call_value): Ditto.
5040 (indirect_jump): New required pattern, add %& for delay slot.
5041 (nop): Use %( %) to turn on/off .set noreorder.
5042 (probe): Use %[ %] to turn on/off .set noat.
5044 * tm-mips.h (abort): Define abort to be fancy_abort for now.
5045 (toplevel): Move all extern's to the start of the file, rather than
5046 scattered throughout.
5047 (OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS): New macro, -O sets -fomit-frame-pointer, and
5048 -fdelayed-branch. -O2 sets -fstrength-reduce, -fcse-follow-jumps,
5049 -fexpensive-optimizations, -fthread-jumps, -frerun-cse-after-loop.
5050 -O3 sets -finline-functions.
5051 (*_SPEC): Move most of the target specific spec's to the appropriate
5052 file, rather than defining them in tm-mips.h. Defaults are for MIPS
5053 RISC-OS with default system.
5054 (CPP_SPEC): If preprocessing .S files, define LANGUAGE_ASSEMBLY
5055 instead of LANGUAGE_C.
5056 (MIPS_VERSION): Add meissner version number.
5057 (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO): Define this for the future.
5058 (TARGET_*): reorder which bit means what. Add bits so we can tell
5059 whether any of the -mG[012] options were used. Redefine some debug
5061 (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN): Always define to 0/1 now.
5062 (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN): Always define to 0/1 now.
5063 (MAX_PARM_BOUNDARY): Delete, since it's no longer used.
5064 (BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT): Define to be 64.
5065 (CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT): New macro, make sure strings are aligned.
5066 (DATA_ALIGNMENT): New macro, make sure byte arrays are aligned.
5067 (FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER): Bump to 67, add hi, lo, fcr31.
5068 (FIXED_REGISTERS): Add initializations for hi, lo, and fcr31.
5069 (CALL_USED_REGISTERS): Add initializations for hi, lo, and fcr31.
5070 (MD_REG_P): New macro to return if hi/lo register.
5071 (ST_REG_P): New macro to return if fp control register.
5072 (HARD_REGNO_NREGS): Return 4 for single precision complex.
5073 (MODES_TIEABLE_P): Add complex float type support.
5074 (FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED): Make this always 0.
5075 (NO_RECURSIVE_FUNCTION_CSE): New macro, define as 1.
5076 (enum reg_class): Add class for the hi register, lo register, either
5077 hi or lo registers, status registers.
5078 (REG_CLASS_NAMES): Support new register classes.
5079 (REG_CLASS_CONTENTS): ditto.
5080 (REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER): ditto.
5081 (REGNO_REG_CLASS): Use an array to map register # -> class.
5082 (CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P): Add `L' for constants which have bottom 16
5083 bits all zero, and `M' which require two instructions to load.
5084 (CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER_P): Use `CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH' and
5086 (EXTRA_CONSTRAINT): New macro, `Q' for gp memory references, and `R'
5087 for reg + small offset references.
5088 (struct mips_frame_info): New structure to hold all frame related
5089 information, calculated by compute_frame_size.
5090 (INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET): New macro, use compute_frame_size to
5091 calculate where the frame should go.
5092 (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS): New macro, define so stack pushes are
5093 folded into the frame.
5094 (REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE): Redefine to take an argument and return 16.
5095 (OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE): New macro, define to say we must
5096 allocate stack space for arguments passed in registers.
5097 (TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT): New macro, define as IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT.
5098 (FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY): New macro to determine argument padding
5100 (MIPS_STACK_ALIGN): New name for AL_ADJUST_ALIGN macro.
5101 (FIX_FRAME_POINTER_ADDRESS): Delete, no longer used.
5102 (FUNCTION_PROFILER): No longer have to switch between different
5103 register names, override_options now sets up reg_names correctly.
5104 (TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE): New macro, define as a dummy.
5105 (TRAMPOLINE_SIZE): ditto.
5106 (INITIALIZE_TRAMPOLINE): ditto.
5107 (INDIRECTABLE_ADDRESS): Delete, fold into GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS.
5108 (GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS): If -mdebuga, don't allow <label>(<reg>)
5109 type addresses, which the machine really doesn't support, but you
5110 currently get better code in some instances by pretending it does
5112 (LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P): Call mips_const_double_ok if CONST_DOUBLE.
5113 (ENCODE_SEGMENT_INFO): New macro, set SYMBOL_REF_FLAG (ie, volatil)
5114 if refering to an item via the gp pointer.
5115 (SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS): Define to 1, it is supposed to generate better
5116 code on RISC machines.
5117 (classify_op): New macro to classify an insn.
5118 (additive_op): Use classify_op to figure out if PLUS or MINUS.
5119 (divmod_op): New macro to identify DIV, MOD, UDIV, UMOD insns.
5120 (unsigned_op): New macro to identify UDIV, UMOD insns.
5121 (REGISTER_NAMES): All names are now pointers into mips_reg_names, so
5122 that we don't have to continually test whether -mrnames is used or
5123 not. The override_options function sets this up appropriately.
5124 (REGISTER_NUMCHAR): Deleted.
5125 (REG_NAME): Deleted.
5126 (ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES): Define both names for the gp registers,
5127 so people can use either $r4 or a0 in asm statements.
5128 (PRINT_OPERAND): Call print_operand function instead of expanding a
5129 huge macro. Add %C, %N, %(, %), %[, %], %&, %#.
5130 (PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P): Add `(', `)', `[', `]', `&', and `#'.
5131 (PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS): Call print_operand_address function instead
5132 of expanding a huge macro.
5133 (DBX_OUTPUT_SEQEND): New macro, emit .set reorder after filling
5135 (ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME): Add check for doing .file of same file
5136 -- this is needed for the prologue to do a .file before all prologue
5137 instructions, rather than after the instructions which set up the
5138 stack. Also, warn about #line requests that cannot be honored in
5139 MIPS ECOFF binaries.
5140 (ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_END): Delete, since it was only used to go back to
5141 the text section, and GCC does this now automatically.
5142 (READONLY_DATA_SECTION): New macro, define to be rdata_section.
5143 (SELECT_SECTION): Don't force volatile readonly items into .data.
5144 (ASM_COMMENT_START): New macro, define to be '\t\t# ' for -dp.
5145 (SEPARATE_AUX_OUTPUT): New macro, define this to separately compile
5148 Tue Apr 16 15:00:51 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at cygnus.com)
5150 * unroll.c (final_giv_value): Use expand_binop instead of
5151 gen_sub2_insn when emitting subtract insns, since expand_binop
5152 will work for any operands.
5154 * sched.c (schedule_insns): Don't split no-op moves; doing so
5155 breaks the code that handles REG_NO_CONFLICT blocks.
5156 (update_links): Delete the code that prints a warning for
5157 REG_EQUAL notes where the original dest can't be found. This no
5158 longer occurs because of the above change.
5160 * sched.c: Generalize memory aliasing code so that it will work on
5161 non-RISC machines. Instead of saving just the insn on the pending
5162 lists, now saves both the insn and the mem rtx. Old variables
5163 pending_read and pending_write replaced with pending_read_insns,
5164 pending_read_mems, pending_write_insns, and pending_write_mems.
5165 (read_dependence, true_dependence, anti_dependence,
5166 output_dependence): Now passed a MEM rtx instead of a PATtern.
5167 (add_insn_mem_dependence): New function. Adds an insn and a mem
5168 to a pending list pair.
5169 (sched_analyze_1, sched_analyze_2, sched_analyze): Modified to use
5170 new pending list scheme.
5171 (schedule_block): Likewise.
5172 (schedule_insns): Likewise.
5174 Tue Apr 16 12:31:07 1991 Jeffrey A. Law (law at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
5176 * Makefile.in (install-man): Look for protoize.1 and unprotoize.1
5177 in the current directory, not $(srcdir)
5178 (install-headers): Use basename to strip off $(srcdir) from
5179 include files when installing and changing mode.
5181 Tue Apr 16 08:10:38 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
5183 * rs6000.md (extendqixi2): Add CLOBBER to the first SET as well as
5185 (load_multiple): Fix typo in operand number and add newline.
5187 * reload.c (find_reloads_address_1): Pass actual location of a
5188 MEM used in an address; also handle the case when the MEM was
5189 copied. Ensure we reload the copy, not the original address.
5191 * reload1.c (eliminate_regs, case {INSN,EXPR}_LIST): Correctly handle
5192 the cases when one or more operations is (nil).
5194 * local-alloc.c (block_alloc): Check for REG_EQUAL on list insn
5195 of REG_NO_CLOBBER sequence, not first.
5196 (no_conflict_p): Set LAST and use INSN instead of P for loop start.
5198 Mon Apr 15 12:55:12 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at cygnus.com)
5200 * loop.c (strength_reduce): Don't emit an insn after loop_end to
5201 set the final value of a reversed biv. There is already an insn
5202 there setting the biv's proper final value.
5204 Sun Apr 14 18:32:05 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
5206 * gnulib1.c (various functions): Added declaration of INTIFY to
5207 every function which has a FLOAT_ARG_TYPE argument or return value.
5209 Sun Apr 14 18:31:59 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
5211 * c-decl.c (store_parm_decls): Traditional float parm becomes double.
5213 Sat Apr 13 17:35:07 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
5215 * m68k.md (storing 32-bit field with movl): Allow any immediate arg 3.
5217 * expmed.c (store_bit_field): For fields bigger than a word:
5218 Avoid special use of SImode, and don't crash if VALUE is CONST_INT.
5220 Fri Apr 12 02:04:46 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
5222 * reload.c (find_reloads): Like prev change here, for optional reloads.
5224 * tm-sparc.h (FUNCTION_BLOCK_PROFILER): Must set %o0 to the address
5225 LPBX0 by adding in the low part of the address before calling
5228 * tm-next.h (ASM_OUTPUT_CONSTRUCTOR, ASM_OUTPUT_DESTRUCTOR):
5229 New macros. Place reference to constructor or destructor into
5230 constructor or destructor section.
5232 * tm-next.h (EXTRA_SECTIONS, EXTRA_SECTION_FUNCTIONS): Add
5233 new constructor and destructor sections.
5235 * jump.c (squeeze_block_notes,squeeze_notes): Chage the name of
5236 squeeze_block_notes to squeeze_notes. Also handle LOOP_BEG, LOOP_CONT
5237 and LOOP_END notes, since these must remain in their original order.
5239 * cccp.c (skip_to_end_of_comment): Handle warn_comment.
5241 * m68k.md (dbra patterns): Use `=' in constraint of op 0.
5243 * gcc.c (process_command): Handle -save-temps.
5244 (do_spec_1): Handle %g like %b if -save-temps.
5245 (verbose_flag): Renamed from `vflag'.
5247 * tm-sparc.h (FIXUNS_TRUNC_LIKE_FIX_TRUNC): Don't define this.
5249 Fri Apr 12 00:57:48 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at cygnus.com)
5251 * sched.c: Update all comments to reflect source changes.
5252 Make old_live_regs a static global, instead of local to schedule_block.
5253 Schedule_block is now void, since its return value was always 1.
5254 Rename last_function_call_not_const to last_pending_memory flush.
5255 This can not be a CALL_INSN or a INSN that writes memory.
5256 New variable pending_lists_length so that the lists can be flushed
5257 when they get too long.
5258 Use GET_RTX_CLASS instead of multiple GET_CODE calls whenever it
5260 (read_dependence): New Function. Returns one if two reads are
5261 dependent. This can happen if both are volatile reads.
5262 (true_dependence, anti_dependence, output_dependence): Two volatile
5263 memory access are always dependent.
5264 (order_calls): Function deleted. It was very short, it was only called
5265 once, and it no longer did what its name implied. Its one call was
5266 replaced with the body of the function.
5267 (sched_analyze_1): Correctly handle stripping of SUBREGs, etc from
5269 If the pending lists are longer than 32 when processing a memory
5270 write, then make this write depend on all previous and all future
5271 memory accesses so we can flush the pending list. This is necessary
5272 because the algorithms used are O(N*N).
5273 (sched_analyze_2): For memory reads, check whether it is read
5274 dependent on any previous memory read (this can happen if both reads
5276 (sched_analyze_insn): Replace call to order_calls with the body of
5278 (sched_analyze): Don't clear last_memory_pending_flush for a non-const
5279 call, since any future call must still depend on all previous memory
5281 (sched_note_set): Correct handling of SUBREGs, etc. For partial sets
5282 of a register, must treat this exactly the same way as flow.c, i.e.
5283 a partial set of a register does not kill the register. Delete
5284 ifdefed out code which is obsolete.
5285 (attach_deaths): New argument SET_P, which indicates whether this is
5286 a set (if true) or a use (if false) of the rtx X. Correct handling
5287 of REG_DEAD notes, to account for the new REG_UNUSED note.
5288 (attach_deaths_insn): Pass new additional parameter to attach_deaths.
5289 Always call attach_deaths for sets within a parallel. Call
5290 attach_deaths for clobbers.
5291 (new_sometimes_live): Ifdef out code which should never be executed,
5292 and replaced with call to abort.
5293 (schedule_block): Now void.
5294 When processing block to find dead_regs, don't unlink REG_UNUSED notes,
5295 but must mark the indicated register as dead.
5296 (update_links): Completely rewritten to make more general. Now handles
5297 all REG_NOTEs except REG_INC and REG_LABEL. No longer makes simple
5298 assumptions about the form of instructions. New argument orig_insn,
5299 which is the original unsplit insn.
5300 (schedule_insns): Delete unused volatilep code. Pass new parameter
5303 Thu Apr 11 15:34:44 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
5305 * out-m88k.c (pic_addressing_base_rtx): Use pic_offset_table_rtx
5306 instead. Otherwise, PIC fails miserably for inline functions.
5307 (legitimize_address): Support -mbig-pic.
5308 (print_operand): Add `g' for printing #got_rel (for -mbig-pic).
5309 * tm-m88k.h (CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE): PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
5310 is used and is fixed for PIC.
5311 (GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS): Distinguish the -mbig-pic case.
5312 * m88k.md (SImode hi16/lo16): Use %g for -mbig-pic.
5314 Wed Apr 10 21:53:32 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at cygnus.com)
5316 * unroll.c: Change global variable declarations to static.
5317 Four new global variables loop_iteration_var, loop_initial_value,
5318 loop_increment, and loop_final_value, used for communication between
5319 loop_iterations and precondition_loop_p.
5320 (unroll_loop): Before deleteing the insns in the original loop body,
5321 emit a label after the last insn to be deleted, to ensure that no
5322 delete_insn call will delete past that point.
5323 (precondition_loop_p): Use global loop_* variables setup by
5324 loop_iterations, instead of trying to calculate their values again.
5325 (copy_loop_body): Don't emit copies of the start_label.
5326 (approx_final_value): COMPARISON argument now passed as the pair
5327 COMPARISON_CODE and COMPARISON_VALUE.
5328 (find_splittable_regs): When completely unrolling a loop, and the
5329 initial value of a biv is a hard register or itself, then must
5330 create a new register to hold its initial value for splitting.
5331 (loop_iterations): Set the new global variables loop_*.
5332 If the comparison value is an invariant register, then search the insns
5333 before the loop to try to find a constant value for the register.
5335 Wed Apr 10 16:02:16 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
5337 * out-m88k.c (pic_addressing_base_rtx): A pseudo register coined
5338 for each function as needed in legitimize_address.
5339 (emit_move_sequence): Use legitimize_address instead of generating
5341 (legitimize_address): Rework, based on the sparc version, to
5343 (output_call): Use the #plt form when doing PIC.
5344 (m88k_layout_frame): The addressing base register is no longer
5345 fixed and r1 need not be saved for PIC.
5346 (output_prologue): Output instructions to setup the addressing
5347 base register if one is needed.
5348 (print_operand_address): Support the PIC case.
5349 * m88k.md (most patterns using hi16/lo16): Disable these for PIC.
5350 * tm-m88k.h (CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE): No longer needed.
5351 (ADDRESSING_BASE_REGNUM): Derived from pic_addressing_base_rtx.
5352 (GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS): Accept the PIC case.
5353 (LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS): Use legitimize_address instead of HIGH/LO_SUM.
5355 * make-m88k, make-m88kdgux: Use SysV INSTALL = cp and for DG/UX,
5356 use the bison -l option to allow debugging in c-parse.tab.c.
5358 * From kenner@vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu.
5359 * out-m88k.c: Include insn-config.h before conditions.h, which
5361 * xm-m88kdgux.h: Define SEPARATE_AUX_OUTPUT before including config.h.
5362 * tm-m88k.h: Declare MD functions only if SEPARATE_AUX_OUTPUT.
5364 * tm-m88k.h, tm-m88kdgux.h, tm-m88ksvr4.h: Rework TARGET_VERSION.
5366 Wed Apr 10 08:19:02 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at apple-gunkies)
5368 * caller-save.c (emit_mult_restore): Typo testing offset[regno] sign.
5370 * fold-const.c (target_isinf): Test real value for infinitude.
5371 * real.h (REAL_VALUE_ISINF): Use target_isinf.
5373 * configure: Change / to -- in value of `target' in Makefile.
5375 Tue Apr 9 20:09:49 1991 James Van Artsdalen (james at bigtex.cactus.org)
5377 * configure: Modify assignment to `target' in Makefile.
5378 (AIX target): Use correct config files.
5380 * make-aix386: New file.
5382 Tue Apr 9 19:28:16 1991 Torbjorn Granlund (tege at zevs.sics.se)
5384 * longlong.h (header):
5385 Modify definition of count_leading_zeros for input = 0.
5386 * (68020): Test for __NeXT__ too.
5387 * (68020 __umulsidi3, umul_ppmm, udiv_qrnnd):
5388 Use constraints "dmi", not "g" (avoid address registers).
5389 * (88000 add_ssaaa, sub_ddmmss): Use r modifier for output
5390 templates, use J, not I, as constraint for the carry-in insns
5391 * (at the end of the file): If UDIV_NEEDS_NORMALIZATION is not
5392 defined, define it as 0.
5394 Tue Apr 9 19:14:34 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
5396 * function.c (optimize_bit_field): Fix typo.
5398 * cccp.c (do_define): Don't crash when a builtin macro is
5401 Tue Apr 9 15:11:42 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at apple-gunkies)
5403 * expr.c (move_by_pieces): Don't fail to compile if no movqi.
5405 * emit-rtl.c (get_last_insn_anywhere): Use first nonempty seq.
5407 * varasm.c (assemble_constructor): Fix typo.
5409 Fri Apr 5 22:15:57 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
5411 * rs6000.md (extendqixi): Add CLOBBER to ASHIFTRT insn.
5413 * combine.c (simplify_shift_const): Shift operand of PLUS using
5415 Correctly simplify outer_const when done.
5417 * reload.c (push_reload): Don't de-reference INLOC if it is 0.
5419 * expr.c (convert_to_mode): Call protect_from_queue.
5421 Fri Apr 5 13:29:55 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
5423 * varasm.c (ASM_OUTPUT_CONSTRUCTOR, ASM_OUTPUT_DESTRUCTOR):
5424 Accept two arguments.
5426 Fri Apr 5 08:45:18 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
5428 * expmed.c (expand_divmod): Convert OP1 to COMPUTE_MODE when we
5431 * combine.c (subst): Use gen_binary.
5432 (simplify_comparison): If we have a ZERO_EXTRACT from a constant
5433 with only one bit set, convert into comparison of position with
5434 location of bit in constant; this simplifies ((1 << x) & 1) == 0.
5436 * combine.c (gen_lowpart_for_combine): Copy code for CONST_DOUBLE
5437 from gen_lowpart instead of calling it; it will abort for certain
5438 floating-point cases, while we will just surround the object with
5441 Thu Apr 4 22:31:36 1991 Jim Wilson (wilson at cygnus.com)
5443 * unroll.c (new file): Implements loop unrolling. Completely
5444 unrolls small constant bounded loops. Unrolls other constant
5445 bounded loops by an amount modulo the number of iterations so that
5446 only one exit test is needed. Preconditions loops whose iteration
5447 count can be calculated at run time, so that only one exit test
5448 is needed. Can also unroll any other loop by having multiple
5449 copies of the exit tests. Tries to simplify addresses while
5452 * tree.def: BLOCK trees have 4 fields, not 5.
5454 * toplev.c: Add new flag -dt to dump RTL after the second cse pass.
5455 Define two new flags, flag_unroll_loops and flag_unroll_all_loops,
5456 and add code to support their use for loop unrolling. Print the
5457 exec time for the shorten-branch pass in the proper place, i.e.
5458 after delayed branch reorganization.
5460 * stmt.c (find_loop_tree_blocks): New function. Creates a mapping
5461 between BLOCK trees and loops. This info is needed when doing both
5462 loop unrolling and outputting debugger info.
5463 (unroll_block_trees): New function. Makes COPIES copies of the block
5464 trees corresponding the loop indicated by LOOP_NUMBER, so that the
5465 BLOCK notes inside the loop will still match the BLOCK trees for
5468 * rtl.h: Document the new named pattern
5469 "decrement_and_branch_until_zero". Add macros to access new
5470 field of inline_header rtx, which holds a pointer to the function's
5471 original DECL_INITIAL tree.
5473 * rtl.def: New entry for inline_header to hold a pointer to the
5474 function's original DECL_INITIAL tree.
5476 * loop.h (new file): Move many declarations from loop.c to the new
5477 file loop.h, and change some from static to extern, so that they
5478 can be shared with unroll.c. Also globalize names for variables
5479 changed from static to extern.
5481 * loop.c: Move many declarations from loop.c to the new file loop.h,
5482 and change some from static to extern, so that they can be shared
5483 with unroll.c. Add misc comments to better explain the code.
5484 Change name of global arrays loop_start and loop_end to
5485 loop_number_loop_starts and loop_number_loop_ends so that they won't
5486 be confused with local loop_start and loop_end variables.
5487 New variables loop_number_exit_labels, loop_number_first_block,
5488 loop_number_last_block, loop_number_block_level, loop_n_iterations.
5489 Old_max_reg renamed to max_reg_before_loop. Max_uid renamed to
5490 max_uid_for_loop. Induct_var renamed to reg_iv_type.
5491 Induct_struct renamed to reg_iv_info. Class_struct renamed to
5492 reg_biv_class. Iv_list renamed to loop_iv_list.
5493 Rename (struct induction) field always to always_computable.
5494 Rename (struct induction) field family to next_iv.
5495 New (struct induction) field not_replaceable.
5496 (loop_opt): Add code to allocate some new arrays for unrolling
5497 support. Add call to find_loop_tree_blocks to create the BLOCK tree
5498 to loop map needed when unrolling and outputting debugger info.
5499 (scan_loop): Fix setting of maybe_never of label/jump. The old code
5501 (prescan_loop): Delete obsolete code.
5502 (find_and_verify_loops): Add code to initialize
5503 loop_number_exit_labels.
5504 (mark_loop_jump): Add code for keep chain of loop_number_exit_labels
5506 (invariant_p): LABEL_REFs are not invariant when doing loop unrolling.
5507 Remove static from definition, so that it can be called from unroll.c.
5508 (strength_reduce): Change name of variable maybe_never to
5509 not_every_iteration, to help emphasize that it is not the same
5510 as the variable maybe_never in the code motion code. Modify code
5511 that computes its value so that it will be false more often, resulting
5513 (strength_reduce): Added code to call the new loop unrolling
5514 functions, e.g. unroll_loop, loop_iterations, etc.
5515 (strength_reduce): New code to handle biv's and giv's which must
5516 be set to their final_value after the loop exits.
5517 (strength_reduce): Reversed giv's and biv's must have their values
5518 calculated differently. Add new field reversed to struct induction,
5519 and code to check and use its value.
5520 (strength_reduce): Only check value of bl->nonneg for architectures
5521 that have a decrement_and_branch_until_zero instruction.
5522 (find_mem_givs): New argument loop_start.
5523 (record_giv): New argument loop_start.
5524 The always_computable field for DEST_ADDR givs is always set true.
5525 New code to check for case of spaghetti code, in which case the
5526 giv can never be considered replaceable.
5527 (check_final_value): New function. For givs which are not otherwise
5528 replaceable, try to calculate their final value, and then try
5529 to use this to make them replaceable.
5530 (update_giv_derive): Skip inner loop if giv is known to be underivable
5531 at the beginning. Must set cant_derive if we pass an insn that
5532 modifies the giv's biv, and we can't calculate an adjustment.
5533 (emit_iv_add_mult): Remove static definition so that it is callable
5535 (check_dbra_loop): Reversed biv's must be marked as such, so that
5536 they can be treated specially in the rest of loop.c.
5537 (final_biv_value): Moved to unroll.c, alongside the new function
5538 final_giv_value. Extensively rewritten to work for most common
5540 (update_reg_last_use): Verify that insns have a valid luid before
5541 trying to use it. Don't perform any action if no value luid.
5542 (get_condition): Correct initial comment.
5543 (get_condition_for_loop): Remove static definition so it is callable
5546 * integrate.h: Replace `tree' use in definition with
5547 `union tree_node *' so that tree.h does not have to be included when
5548 this file is included.
5550 * integrate.c (initialize_for_inline): Pass additional argument,
5551 the DECL_INITIAL (fndecl) tree, to gen_inline_header_rtx. Update
5552 and correct comment.
5553 (save_for_inline_copying): Copy the decl tree, so that virtual reg
5554 instantiation, and loop unrolling, won't affect the saved tree.
5555 (copy_decl_tree): New argument, functionbody, which distinguished
5556 between calls from save_for_inline_copying and calls from
5557 expand_inline_function.
5558 (copy_rtx_and_substitute): Return orig instead of aborting when
5559 inline_target is zero so that loop unrolling can use this code.
5561 * gcc.texinfo: Document the new optimization flags -funroll-loops
5562 and -funroll-all-loops, the new dump option -dt, and the new named
5563 pattern "decrement_and_branch_until_zero".
5565 * flags.h: Define two new flags, flag_unroll_loops and
5566 flag_unroll_all_loops.
5568 * emit-rtl.c (gen_inline_header_rtx): New argument
5569 original_decl_initial. Pass to gen_rtx call.
5571 * alliant.md, m68k.md: Name the pattern that uses the REG_NONNEG
5572 note to "decrement_and_branch_until_zero".
5574 * Makefile.in: Add source file unroll.c and header file loop.h to
5575 the cc1 dependencies. Add *.cse2 to the list of files deleted by
5578 Thu Apr 4 16:13:37 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
5580 * varasm.c (assemble_constructor, assemble_destructor): New functions.
5581 They use ASM_OUTPUT_CONSTRUCTOR and ASM_OUTPUT_DESTRUCTOR.
5582 * cplus-decl2.c (finish_file): Use them.
5584 * reload.c (find_reloads): Pass location as outloc for output reload.
5586 * objc-actions.c (objc_class_id, synth_module_prologue):
5587 Initialize new variable to hold identifier for "objc_class".
5589 * objc-actions.c (objc_comptypes): Allow assigning between types
5590 id and Class without warning.
5592 * c-typeck.c (warn_for_assignment): When there is a type mismatch
5593 in the hidden arguments of a message expression, don't print the
5594 argument number as 0 or -1. Instead print the warning as would
5595 be done for an explicit call to objc_msgSend (this should never
5596 happen, but just in case).
5598 * emit-rtl.c (gen_lowpart): Reverse #if for CONST_DOUBLE case.
5600 Thu Apr 4 13:27:02 1991 Michael Meissner (meissner at osf.org)
5602 * hard-reg-set.h (SET_HARD_REG_BIT, CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT,
5603 TEST_HARD_REG_BIT): Use unsigned arithmetic to isolate the word and
5604 bit number, which produces better optimized code.
5606 Thu Apr 4 07:34:17 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
5608 * reorg.c (relax_delay_slots): Avoid adjusting LABEL_NUSES if the
5609 insn is a conditional return.
5611 * reload1.c (reload): If we find that a replacement cannot be
5612 done and that replacement now enables a secondary replacement,
5613 this may disable a third replacement in some cases.
5614 (eliminate_regs, case SET): Don't stop after we find the first
5615 match when looking for modified registers.
5617 * combine.c (previous_num_undos): New var.
5618 (try_combine): Set it after each call to subst.
5619 When substituting I1 into I2, somtimes make a copy of PATTERN (i2).
5620 (gen_rtx_combine): Start at PREVIOUS_NUM_UNDOS.
5622 * combine.c (can_combine_p): Start check for volatile references
5623 after INSN, not at INSN.
5625 * combine.c (try_combine): When we find a split point, ensure
5626 that I2 is a register. If it is of the wrong mode, change the
5627 mode if we can, just like we do with CCmode registers.
5628 (find_split_point): Don't split an extraction if it crosses the
5629 boundary given by the field (i.e., a byte boundary if QImode).
5630 Correct typo: Should generate LSHIFTRT, not LSHIFT.
5631 (subst): Correctly test to see if we can change the mode of
5632 a register for a MODE_CC comparison.
5633 (distribute_notes): If a NOTE references a pseudo-register,
5634 ensure it references the latest copy of that register.
5635 When scanning for last use, don't stop at CALL_INSNs.
5637 * combine.c (expand_compound_operation): Don't get confused about
5638 (zero_extend (asm_operands ..)) because of the VOIDmode ASM_OPERANDS.
5639 (simplify_and_const_int): Ensure we do computations in proper mode.
5640 Simplify ZERO_EXTRACT and ZERO_EXTEND when we have a PLUS.
5641 (significant_bits): Don't call get_last_value on a SUBREG, just REG.
5642 Correct significant bits for comparison operations.
5643 (simplify_shift_const): When VAROP is logical, use proper mode when
5644 computing shifted constant.
5646 * combine.c (gen_lowpart_for_combine): Call gen_lowpart if we have
5649 * genconfig.c (walk_insn_part, main): Write a definition
5650 for HAVE_lo_sum if a LO_SUM is present in the machine description.
5652 * combine.c (try_combine): If we have a PARALLEL of a SIGN_EXTEND
5653 and a load of memory, split it into a load and SUBREG assignment.
5654 (find_split_point): If we have LO_SUM for this machine,
5655 split (mem (symbol_ref ..)) using HIGH and LO_SUM.
5656 If we have operation with second operand constant, maybe we couldn't
5657 fit the constant in the insn, so try to split there.
5658 Move NOT to first operand so we'll try to split the other operand
5660 (subst): No reason to avoid making paradoxical SUBREGs and we miss
5661 some optimizations if we don't.
5662 Convert (lo_sum (high FOO) FOO) to FOO.
5663 Convert (C1 + (x + C2) to (C1 - C2) - x.
5664 Use distributive law in more places with logical operations.
5665 (apply_distributive_law): Properly distribute IOR over XOR.
5666 (simplify_shift_const): Simplify (ashift (plus ..) ...).
5667 (simplify_comparison): Add code to remove extraneous AND
5668 operations when comparing result of two comparisons on some machines.
5669 Ignore bits not applicable in our mode.
5670 Treat some SUBREGs as ZERO_EXTENDs.
5671 Convert equality comparison of AND with sign bit into LT or GE
5674 * combine.c (gen_binary, gen_unary): New functions.
5675 (apply_distributive_law, simplify_shift_const): Use gen_binary.
5677 Wed Apr 3 16:15:17 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
5679 * Makefile.in (gnulib): Insert only .o files in combined archive.
5680 (gnulib1.portable): Use $(HPXT).
5681 * make-hp9k320g: Define HPXT.
5683 * From wilson@cygnus.com.
5684 * sched.c (schedule_block): Delete previously unused variable last_q.
5685 Correct handling of registers with multiple lifetimes within a single
5686 block, always save lifetime info, and clear the appropriate bit in
5687 old_live_regs. Delete now unused variable sched_reg_n_sets.
5689 Wed Apr 3 07:43:35 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
5691 * tm-romp.h (CONST_COSTS): All CONST_INTs are cost 0. Symbolic
5692 values cost two insns.
5694 * function.c (fixup_var_refs_1): Correctly perform position
5695 computation for bit extracts; disallow mode-dependent addresses.
5696 (optimize_bit_field): Likewise.
5697 Remove explicit mention of HImode and QImode by calling mode_for_size.
5698 No need to check for offsettable_address_p; we call change_address
5699 and are not called after reload; don't call adj_offsettable_operand.
5700 * recog.c (validate_replace_rtx_1): Correct endian computation
5701 and don't change mode of a MEM with a mode-dependent address.
5703 * expmed.c (expand_divmod): Try to figure out what mode will be used
5704 and convert to that once at the beginning, rather than repeatedly,
5705 since we may be writing jumps.
5707 * vax.md ({zero,sign}_extract patterns): Field width is QImode, not
5710 Tue Apr 2 08:42:23 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
5712 * cse.c (simplify_ternary_operation): Add argument for previous
5714 Don't do anything for extractions if bits don't fit in OP0_MODE.
5715 Use OP0_mode instead of mode of OP0 for endian correction.
5716 (fold_rtx): Pass new operand to simpllify_ternary operation.
5717 * integrate.c (subst_constants): Add extra arg to call to
5718 simplify_ternary_operation and call for rtx class 'b'.
5719 * combine.c (find_split_point): Don't split an extract when the
5720 bits are outside the mode of operand 0.
5721 (subst): Pass new parameter to simplify_ternary operation and call
5723 (subst, case ZERO_EXTRACT): Don't change the mode of a MEM
5724 if it is a mode-dependent address.
5725 Correctly do endian adjustments so they are correct for fields that
5726 go outside a byte boundary.
5727 (subst, case {ZERO,SIGN}_EXTRACT): Don't adjust MEM here for non-dest
5728 objects; already done in make_compound_operation.
5729 (make_compound_operation): Rework code that makes extracts and
5730 extends to correcty compute positions, taking into account the fact
5731 that field can cross byte boundaries. Remove redundant adjustments.
5732 Use mode_dependent_address_p to validate changing modes of MEM.
5733 (simplify_shift_const): Check for mode-dependent address when
5734 changing mode of a MEM.
5735 (gen_lowpart_for_combine): Likewise.
5737 * expmed.c (expand_shift): Code to use extzv for logical right shift
5738 had numerous assumptions about specific modes and did not validate
5741 * expr.c (expand_expr, case NOP_EXPR): If no target was specified,
5742 use convert_to_mode instead of convert_move; this may return a SUBREG.
5744 * expr.c (do_jump): Conversion isn't NOP if it narrows the object.
5745 If testing A & CONST and the result fits in a smaller mode, try
5748 * cse.c (simplify_binary_operation): If eliminating reference to
5749 operand, verify that it has no side effects.
5750 Add cases for "a | (~a)" and "a & (~a)".
5752 * recog.c (register_operand): Only call general_operand for
5753 (subreg (mem ...) X), not all SUBREGs.
5755 * jump.c (jump_optimize): Remove needless incrementing of LABEL_NUSES
5756 which can cause a dead label not to go away.
5758 Mon Apr 1 19:08:40 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
5760 * cse.c (cse_insn): Add missing call to insert_regs.
5762 Mon Apr 1 18:21:33 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
5764 * optabs.c (init_optabs): Change #if to #ifdef.
5766 * loop.c (check_dbra_loop): Take out Feb 24 change.
5768 Sun Mar 31 22:43:39 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
5770 * final.c (insn_counter): New variable.
5771 (final_scan_insn): Increment it.
5772 (output_asm_insn): Use it for %=.
5774 Sun Mar 31 22:16:31 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
5776 * out-a29k.c (output_prolog): Correctly write stack size in tag word.
5778 * out-a29k.c (srcb_operand): If QImode, any constant is OK since
5779 we only care about 8 bits.
5780 (print_operand): Add %Q for QImode srcb values.
5781 * a29k.md (QImode patterns): srcb's that accept constants should have
5782 'n' constraint, not 'I'; use %Q to output.
5784 * reload1.c (gen_input_reload): Properly generate reload when we are
5785 adding a pseudo and a hard register.
5787 * cse.c (simplify_unary_operation): Don't use ffs.
5789 Sun Mar 31 20:59:52 1991 Micheal Tiemann (tiemann at pogo.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
5791 * gnulib1.c (perform_ash{l,r}si3): Fix typo that had these
5792 performaces swapped.
5794 Sun Mar 31 13:35:50 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
5796 * rtl.h (FIND_REG_INC_NOTE): New macro.
5797 * rtl.h (AUTO_INC_DEC): Define here.
5798 * flow.c (AUTO_INC_DEC): Not here.
5799 * combine.c (can_combine_p, try_combine): Use FIND_REG_INC_NOTE.
5800 Make other scans for REG_INC notes conditional on AUTO_INC_DEC.
5801 * final.c (final_scan_insn): Use FIND_REG_INC_NOTE.
5802 * jump.c (delete_jump): Likewise.
5803 * loop.c (get_condition): Likewise.
5804 * reload.c (find_reloads_address_1, find_equiv_reg): Likewise.
5805 * reload1.c (reload_as_needed): Likewise.
5806 * reorg.c (delete_scheduled_jump, mark_set_resources): Likewise.
5807 * global-alloc.c (global_conflicts): Likewise.
5809 * dbxout.c (dbxout_type): For integers, reals, and arrays,
5810 use actual type number of int or char, in case those are not 1 and 2.
5812 * toplev.c (compile_file): Take out last change (regarding lang_init).
5814 * emit-rtl.c (sequence_element_free_list): Change data type.
5815 (get_last_insn_anywhyere, add_insn_after): Finish last change.
5817 * expr.c (expand_builtin): Finish last change.
5819 Sat Mar 30 15:16:16 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
5821 * function.h (struct sequence_stack): New data type.
5822 (sequence_stack): Declare variable. Use new data type.
5823 * emit-rtl.c (get_last_insn_anywhere, add_insn_after): Adapt to that.
5824 (start_sequence, end_sequence, in_sequence): Likewise.
5825 (start_sequence): Allocate stack links as permanent.
5826 (init_emit_once): Init sequence_stack here.
5827 (init_emit): Not here.
5828 * function.c (push_temp_slots, pop_temp_slots):
5829 (expand_function_end): Use in_sequence.
5830 (fixup_var_refs): Use new data type.
5831 (put_var_into_stack): Don't declare sequence_stack.
5833 * function.c (expand_function_start):
5834 Trace static chain properly past first link.
5836 * ns32k.md (andcbhi3, andcbqi3): Constraint shouldn't say commutative.
5838 Sat Mar 30 02:06:20 1991 North-Keys (erlkonig at apple-gunkies.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
5840 * c-decl.c (init_decl_processing): Fix typo `integer_tpe_node'.
5841 * dbxout.c (dbxout-symbol): Added char * declaration for `name'.
5842 * objc-actions.c (encode_array): Avoid returning a value.
5844 Fri Mar 29 15:59:22 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
5846 * c-decl.c (init_decl_processing): Define __builtin_constant_p.
5847 * expr.c (expand_builtin): Implement it.
5848 * tree.h (enum built_in_function): New alternative.
5850 * toplev.c (compile_file): Move lang_init call after debugger init.
5852 * gcc.c (default_compilers): Define __cplusplus for C++ code.
5854 * c-decl.c (start_function): Use 0 for name of result decl.
5855 (value_identifier): Variable deleted.
5857 * dbxout.c (dbxout_type): Handle LANG_TYPE.
5858 (dbxout_symbol): Handle RESULT_DECL.
5859 Handle variables with constant values that are not output.
5860 Use the mangled name when appropriate.
5861 (dbxout_tags): Output equivalent typedef when appropriate.
5862 (dbxout_function): Output the DECL_RESULT if it has a name.
5864 * varasm.c (assemble_variable): Delete calls to set_current_gdbfile.
5866 Thu Mar 28 16:14:13 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
5868 * gcc.c (main): Calculate basename_length to exclude last period.
5870 * optabs.c (expand_binop, expand_unop):
5871 When widening, don't keep CONST_INT beyond a single word.
5873 * tm-vax.h (CHECK_FLOAT_VALUE): Change float max to ...444e+38.
5875 * Makefile.in (gnulib1, gnulib2.portable):
5876 Make test of $$? normally succeed, not normally fail.
5877 (gnulib1): Don't use -e in second loop. Test explicitly instead.
5879 * dbxout.c (lastfile): New static variable.
5880 (dbxout_init): Initialize lastfile.
5881 * final.c (lastfile): Deleted.
5882 (init_final): Don't set lastfile.
5884 * final.c (set_current_gdbfile): Function deleted.
5885 (output_source_line): Handling of GDB debugging info deleted.
5886 (final_start_function, final_end_function): Likewise.
5888 Thu Mar 28 09:58:18 1991 Micheal Tiemann (tiemann at pogo.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
5890 * cplus-decl.h (decl_context): Add missing declaration for BITFIELD.
5892 * tm-sparc.h (CC1_SPEC): Change to handle new interpretation of -O2.
5893 (OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS): Use this macro to control default expensive
5895 (MODES_TIABLE_P): Use GET_MODE_CLASS to simplify this macro.
5896 (FUNCTION_ARG,FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS): Make sure TYPE is nonzero
5898 (FUNCTION_BLOCK_PROFILER): Fix a bug in the asm code.
5899 (EXTRA_CONSTRAINT): For 'S' constraint, if OP is a register, make
5900 sure it's not a pseudo. Also, change call to `memory_address_p' to
5901 `strict _memory_address_p'. Both of these are for the strict cases.
5902 (SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS): Try going with this set 1.
5903 * sparc.md: Take advantage of new combiner to handle signed bitfield
5904 comparisons and signed sub-word comparisons.
5905 Added peepholes for doing subword memory tests and operations.
5907 Thu Mar 28 09:43:30 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
5909 * emit-rtl.c (start_sequence, gen_sequence): Ensure we allocate rtl
5910 on saveable_obstack since we will be saving it and we may be called
5911 from an optimizer that will reuse allocated memory in current_obstack.
5913 Wed Mar 27 18:46:27 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
5915 * toplev.c (main): Print version with -version, regardless of
5918 * Makefile.in (gnulib, gnulib2.ready): Put `-' before `if'.
5920 * make-hp9k320, make-hp9k320g (CC, OLDCC): Delete -lsetjmp.
5923 * dbxout.c (dbxout_source_file): New name for fn moved from final.c.
5924 * final.c (output_source_file): Moved to dbxout.c. Callers changed.
5925 (output_source_line): Call dbxout_source_file.
5927 Wed Mar 27 11:09:13 1991 Micheal Tiemann (tiemann at pogo.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
5929 * version.c: Bumped to version 1.92.
5931 * final.c (output_source_{file,line}): Fix bug in new handling of
5934 * cplus-cvt.c (build_up_reference): Handle BIND_EXPR.
5936 * Makefile.in (cplus-lex.o): depend on cplus-input.c.
5937 * cplus-input.c: New file.
5939 * cplus-method.c (do_inline_function_hair): Call a different
5940 `prepare_inline', and don't deal with pending_inlines here.
5941 * cplus-lex.c (do_pending_inlines): Deal with pending_inlines
5943 (reinit_parse_for_method): ...and here.
5945 * cplus-decl.c (grok_ctor_properties): Use TYPE_NAME_STRING where
5946 appropriate. Also, don't assume that CURRENT_CLASS_TYPE is what we
5947 use for error message; use CTYPE instead.
5949 * cplus-type2.c (digest_init): Strip NON_LVALUE_EXPRs.
5951 * cplus-tree.c (__eprintf): Added this function from gnulib2 until
5952 gnulib configuration is worked out.
5954 * cplus-parse.y (member_init): Call do_member_init. Previous code
5955 was wrong (using a goto to factor common code) because the parse
5956 stack was different in the two contexts.
5957 * cplus-init.c (do_member_init): New function.
5959 * cplus-typeck.c (build_compound_expr): Convert arrays to pointers.
5960 (build_c_cast): Warn about possible alignment problems.
5962 Wed Mar 27 05:55:32 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
5964 * reload.c (find_reloads): Disallow a PLUS as an operand even if
5965 "g" is in the constraint; this is only valid for "p".
5967 Tue Mar 26 06:46:48 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
5969 * local-alloc.c (block_alloc): Have insn numbers start at 1, not 2.
5971 * rtlanal.c (replace_regs): Move to here; add new parameter.
5972 * loop.c (replace_regs): Delete from here.
5973 (move_movables, strength_reduce): Pass new parameter to replace_regs.
5974 * jump.c (duplicate_loop_exit_test): Make new pseudos for pseudos
5975 used only in loop exit test; this prevents unnecessay sharing
5976 between code inside and outside of loop.
5977 * toplev.c (rest_of_compilation): Call reg_scan before jump.
5979 * combine.c (distribute_notes): If we are searching back for the last
5980 use of a register I3 and I2 no longer use and the last use is a SET
5981 of that register, place a REG_UNUSED note instead of a REG_DEAD note.
5982 No longer need handle REG_DEAD note for output of I3; it will now be
5985 * combine.c (try_combine): If I3SRC is a register and I2 is a
5986 multi-output insn, see if we can replace one of the outputs with
5987 I3DEST. If so, move LOG_LINKS pointing at the other outputs to
5988 now point to I3 instead of I2.
5990 * rtlanal.c (single_set): Return 0 if not an insn.
5991 Only ignore SET with unused output if it has no side effects.
5992 (side_effects_p): New function.
5993 * combine.c (can_combine_p): Only ignore SET with unused output if
5994 it has no side effect.
5995 Don't extend the life of a hard register.
5996 (try_combine): Always give up if I1 or I2 used reg inc'd in I3.
5997 (significant_bits): Return mode mask if mode wider than host int.
5998 Don't get confused by (zero_extend (const_int ..)) and similar where
5999 the inner mode is VOIDmode.
6000 Arithmetic operations now always have same modes on operands as
6003 * jump.c (jump_optimize): Set this_is_{simple,cond}jump at the start
6004 of loop, not in middle, and use consistently.
6005 Use can_reverse_comparison_p in case where we make scc insn.
6006 Don't use can_reverse_comparison_p when we call invert_jump.
6007 Use indirect_jump instead of indirect_exp.
6008 Check invert_jump's result before making any other changes; handle
6010 Simplify code that looks for and deletes USE insns.
6011 (jump_back_p): Call can_reverse_comparison_p only if we have to
6012 reverse the comparison.
6013 (can_reverse_comparison_p): Accept comparison expression and insn
6015 Rework to be more general now that we have MODE_CC and tighten
6017 (invert_jump): Allow invert_exp and redirect_jump to fail.
6018 (invert_exp): Only invert jump, don't change target.
6019 If can reverse comparison code, try it using validate_change.
6020 If that doesn't work, swap the arms of the IF_THEN_ELSE. If that
6021 doesn't work, return 0.
6022 (redirect_exp): Now static.
6023 * expr.c (do_jump_for_compare): Call invert_jump to invert jump
6024 to false label after emitting jump; if this fails, convert to
6025 jump around unconditional jump to false label.
6026 (do_store_flag): Set to 1 first, then branch, then set to 0. This
6027 avoids inverting branches.
6028 * reorg.c (optimize_skip, relax_delay_slots): Always allow invert_jump
6030 * rtlanal.c (single_set): Return 0 if not INSN, CALL_INSN,
6033 * reload1.c (eliminate_regs): If any eliminable regs occur in a USE,
6036 Tue Mar 26 00:09:18 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
6038 * c-decl.c (implicitly_declare): Always make implicit decl permanent.
6040 Mon Mar 25 16:38:14 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
6042 * genextract.c (walk_rtx): Record operand numbers that are seen.
6043 (gen_insn): If there are gaps in operand numbers, make code to store
6044 something for the operands not used in this pattern.
6045 (main): Initialize data structures.
6047 * c-typeck.c (initializer_constant_valid_p):
6048 Always allow length-preserving conversions between integer types.
6050 * regclass.c (reg_class_record): Return right away if operand is 0.
6052 * c-decl.c (duplicate_decls): Warn if declare fcn inline after calls.
6054 * reload.c (combine_reloads):
6055 Test reg_overlap_mentioned_p in both directions.
6057 Mon Mar 25 15:05:29 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
6059 * genoutput.c (output_epilogue): Choose a name for an unnamed
6060 pattern as an offset from the closest named pattern. Define
6061 `insn_name_ptr' as a pointer to `insn_name' for use by print_rtx.
6062 * final.c (output_asm_insn): Use the pattern name chosen by
6063 genoutput and output the INSN_UID as well.
6064 * rtl.c (insn_name_ptr): Provide an alternate definition to avoid
6065 link errors when rtl.o is not linked with insn-output.o.
6066 (print_rtx): When printing the INSN_CODE field of an insn, print
6067 the name if it is available.
6069 Mon Mar 25 09:39:43 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
6071 * regs.h (reg_first_use): Deleted.
6072 * rtl.h (REG_UNSET): Deleted.
6073 (REG_UNUSED): New note.
6074 * combine.c (combine_instructions): Delete loop fixing up
6076 (can_combine_p): Ignore a branch of a PARALLEL if its output is
6078 (move_deaths): Don't update reg_first_use.
6079 (distribute_notes): Don't handle REG_UNSET; add code for REG_UNUSED.
6080 * flow.c (reg_first_use): Deleted.
6081 (life_analysis): Restore code that marks vars live at start of function
6082 as globals. These are registers that were never set.
6083 (allocate_for_life_analysis): Don't allocate reg_first_use.
6084 (propagate_block): Search for cc0-setting insn with prev_nonnote_insn.
6085 (mark_set_1): Don't set reg_first_use.
6086 If register is never used, make REG_UNUSED note, not REG_DEAD.
6087 (mark_used_regs): Don't set reg_first_use.
6088 * global-alloc.c (global-conflicts): Dead outputs are now denoted by
6089 REG_UNUSED notes, not REG_DEAD.
6090 * reload.c (find_dummy_reload): Delete test of REG_UNSET; add test
6092 (find_equiv_reg): Don't re-use an output marked as REG_UNUSED;
6093 we want these notes to be accurate; this would rarely win anyway.
6094 * reload1.c (emit_reload_insns): Test REG_UNUSED to see if an
6095 output won't be used any more.
6096 * reorg.c (mark_target_live_regs): Use REG_UNUSED notes to kill
6097 registers dead after an insn.
6098 * rtl.c (reg_note_name): Delete REG_UNSET, add REG_UNUSED.
6099 * rtlanal.c (single_set): Ignore a SET whose output has a REG_UNUSED
6101 * sched.c (update_first_use): Deleted.
6102 (update_links): No need to call update_first_use.
6104 * local-alloc.c: Major changes to use REG_UNUSED notes, make
6105 handling of only-set registers more consistent, and allow
6106 two consecutive CLOBBERs to share a register. Also, avoid loops
6107 over all register each basic block; eliminating these make local-alloc
6109 Quantity numbers now start at zero.
6110 (qty_first_reg, reg_next_in_qty): New variables.
6111 (qty_clobber): No longer needed.
6112 (reg_qty): -1 if register cannot be allocated by local-alloc.
6113 Now undefined for hard registers.
6114 (reg_offset): Now char *.
6115 (call_seen): Deleted, never used.
6116 (regs_live_at): Now two entries per insn.
6117 (alloc_qty): Initialize chain of register in quantity.
6118 (local_alloc): Remove all per-block loops over registers.
6119 Only allocate qty_... vars for max_reg - FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER.
6120 Initialize reg_qty once per function.
6121 Don't initialize qty_... vars that are always set before use.
6122 (block_alloc): Delete insn_map, max_uid, and call_used.
6123 Insn numbers start at 1 and we have two entries in regs_live_at
6125 Search for REG_NO_CONFLICT block when we see a CLOBBER insn; this
6126 avoids having already seen sets to the output register.
6127 Call wipe_dead_reg for anything in a REG_UNUSED note.
6128 Delete references to reg_first_use.
6129 Don't check for invalid birth and death here.
6130 Don't call qsort if we have 0 or 1 quantities.
6131 Find all registers for a quantity using reg_next_in_qty chain instead
6132 of looping over all pseudos.
6133 (combine_regs): Refine tests to agree with new conventions.
6134 Never tie pseudos if SREG already has a quantity assigned.
6135 When updating size, use reg_next_in_qty instead of looping over
6137 (reg_is_set): Just call reg_is_born. Where it is born depends on
6138 whether we have a CLOBBER or not. Birth location is now twice
6140 (reg_is_born): Handle case when a hard reg is born before the
6142 Show we don't know the death location.
6143 (wipe_dead_reg): Parameters are now just register and an in/out flag.
6144 Death locations are now twice the insn number.
6145 Support hard regs that die immediately after current insn.
6146 Don't make REG_UNSET notes.
6147 (find_free_reg): Validate BIRTH and DEATH here.
6148 We no longer have qty_clobber.
6149 (post_mark_life): Eliminate CLOBBER parameter.
6150 (no_conflict_p): Now passed CLOBBER at start of block. Return 0 if
6151 can't find death note or if R1 is a hard register.
6153 * m68k.md (divsi3, udivsi3): Remove patterns. Using divmodsi4 and
6154 udivmodsi4 produces better code.
6155 (divmodsi4, udivmodsi4): If remainder isn't needed, use divsl/divul
6156 instead of divsll/divull.
6158 * integrate.c (expand_inline_function): Remove change of March 20th.
6159 Instead, expand args in two passes. First, expand all that go
6160 into registers. Then do those in memory with store_expr.
6162 * integrate.c (initialize_for_inline): Put the original copy of the
6163 address into ARG_VECTOR; the new one will be modified.
6165 * reload.c (push_reload): Handle paradoxical SUBREGs on an output
6166 as well as an input.
6168 * flow.c (mark_label_ref): Don't blow up when X is 0.
6170 * combine.c (make_compound_operation): Fix typos; result of
6171 exact_log2 is interesting if >=0.
6173 * a29k.md (store_multiple): Allow gen_store_multiple{_no,}_bug to fail;
6176 * reorg.c (emit_delay_sequence): Record that we deleted a BARRIER
6177 and restore it precisely on those occaisions.
6179 Sun Mar 24 21:19:55 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
6181 * gcc.c (xmalloc, xrealloc): Change error message.
6182 * toplev.c (various): Change error messages.
6184 * final.c (final_scan_insn): Handle ASM_OUTPUT_LOOP_ALIGN.
6186 * calls.c (emit_call_1): Pass number of bytes to pop to call_pop.
6187 * vax.md (call_pop, call_value_pop): Use that arg.
6189 Sat Mar 23 23:28:59 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
6191 * Makefile.in (version): Run awk, not gcc, to get this value.
6193 Sat Mar 23 18:04:23 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
6195 * cse.c (simplify_unary_operation): Add missing cases for ABS and FFS.
6197 * alliant.md: Eliminate unneeded patterns: HImode zero_extract,
6198 (set (cc0 (subreg ...))), (set (cc0) (and ...)),
6199 (and (zero_extend ...) ...), shift right of 24 and 16.
6200 Use alternatives to select assembler template when possible.
6201 Use const_int_operand instead of immediate_operand when
6202 possible to avoid explicit test for CONST_INT.
6203 Write add-and-branch patterns with PLUS removed, the way combine
6206 * rtlanal.c (refers_to_regno_p): If X is a SUBREG of a hard
6207 register, treat it as if it were the appropriate register.
6208 CLOBBER doesn't refer to anything.
6210 * final.c (final_scan_insn): Use prev_nonnote_insn, not PREV_INSN,
6211 to find cc0-setting insn from cc0-using insn.
6213 * global-alloc.c (find_reg): Don't look for other registers to
6214 renumber unless we know that we are sharing registers.
6216 * emit-rtl.c (end_sequence): Fix typo that prevented speedup of
6217 Dec 26th from doing anything.
6219 * toplev.c (do_abort): New function, just calls abort.
6220 (main): Set lang_expand_expr to address of do_abort; abort might be
6221 a macro that is more than just a function name.
6223 * cse.c: (qty_... variables): Refined to be undefined for indices
6224 less than MAX_REG. Thus, we need not intialize them at the start
6225 of a basic block and can instead inialize a quantity as we create it.
6226 (reg_{next,prev}_eqv): These variables will now be defined only when
6227 reg_qty[N] != N and hence need not be initialized every block either.
6228 (new_basic_block): Need not initialize reg_rtx for new block; the
6229 only time we can inherit values from previous blocks is for hard
6230 regs and it doesn't matter in that case.
6232 * c-parse.y (yylex): Avoid use of size_t; it may not be defined.
6233 Cast alloca to (char *).
6235 * out-romp.c (update_cc): cc_status.value[12] can also be a COMPARE,
6236 so use reg_overlap_mentioned_p to see if an insn that modifies a
6237 register invalidates cc0.
6239 * reorg.c (link_cc0_insns): If next insn is a SEQUENCE, the insn
6240 using cc0 is the first insn in the sequence.
6241 (mark_target_live_regs): Don't assume that a REG_DEAD note always
6242 refers to a register.
6244 Sat Mar 23 15:35:59 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
6246 * reload1.c (reload_reg_free_before_p):
6247 An input reload is use before an output or output address reload.
6249 * genoutput.c (validate_insn_alternatives): New function.
6250 Loop over insn's alternatives to find out how many
6251 alternatives the insn pattern is to support. Verify that if
6252 any alternatives are specified for a given operand that the
6253 number of alternatives match the numer of alternatives for
6255 (gen_{insn,peephole,expand,split}): Call
6256 `validate_insn_alternatives' after scanning the insn. This
6257 sets up the value N_ALTERNATIVES for the insn so that
6258 `process_template' can check that the number of alternitves
6259 given matches the number of asm choices for `@' constructs.
6261 Sat Mar 23 08:09:57 1991 Michael Meissner (meissner at osf.org)
6263 * dbxout.c (toplevel, dbxout_init): Instead of always using `Ltext'
6264 as the label at the beginning of the text region, properly localize
6265 it, so that machines which do not put leading underscores in front
6266 of external names do not have a problem if the user uses `Ltext'.
6267 (dbxout_init): Call text_section before putting out localized
6268 `Ltext', in case ASM_FILE_START put us into a different section.
6270 Fri Mar 22 19:26:23 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
6272 * a29k.md (jumpfdec): Simplify pattern to match what combine will
6273 produce; remove reversed pattern.
6274 * out-a29k.c (gen_reg_operand): Speed up by not calling
6275 register_operand; check register number ourself.
6277 * out-romp.c (update_cc, case CC_COMPARE): Call CC_STATUS_INIT.
6278 * romp.md: In pattern that sets cc0 and copies a register to another
6279 register, allow the output to be in memory so that we don't get an
6280 output reload, which will cause problems.
6282 * varasm.c (assemble_variable): Ensure DECL_INITIAL is non-zero
6283 before we reference it; it might be zero if -fno-common.
6285 Fri Mar 22 16:11:35 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
6287 * toplev.c (abort): Don't declare if defined as macro.
6289 Fri Mar 22 11:49:43 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
6291 * m88k.md (bxxu): Don't attempt to use bcnd.
6292 (umulsi3, ashift/and): Remove these patterns.
6293 (dummy): This must be a define_expand.
6294 * out-m88k.c (m88k_handle_pragma_token): Handle #pragma weak.
6295 * tm-m88k.h, tm-m88kdgux.h, tm-m88ksvr4.h, tm-v88r32.h: Various
6296 changes to support SVR4, including support for #pragma weak.
6297 (SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS): Better code if this is true.
6299 Thu Mar 21 09:15:47 1991 Tom Wood (wood at gen-rtx)
6301 * c-parse.y (MULTIBYTE_CHARS): New macro.
6302 (init_lex): Change to the native locale.
6303 (yylex): Process wide character literals and wide character string
6304 literals using mbtowc and mbstowcs based on MULTIBYTE_CHARS.
6306 Thu Mar 21 15:46:45 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
6308 * rtlanal.c (dead_or_set_p): A register is dead if it is assigned
6309 via a SUBREG that references the all the words in the register.
6311 * tm-vax.h (CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P): Define `I' to be constant zero.
6312 (CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER_P): Define `G' to be floating zero.
6313 (CONST_COSTS): +/- 1 should be very cheap due to decl/inc/aob/sob.
6314 (PRINT_OPERAND): Add `P', `N', `H', and `B'.
6315 * vax.md: Rework many patterns to avoid C code for output template;
6316 use "@" construct whenever possible.
6318 Remove extendsidi2; the supplied pattern does exactly what convert_move
6319 will do when the pattern is not present.
6320 Use constm1_rtx to check for constant of -1.
6321 Add mulsidi3 and related add-multiply pattern for emul insn.
6322 Use const_int_operand as predicate instead of checking for CONST_INT.
6323 Remove unneeded (set (pc) (if_then_else (ne (and ...) ...) ...))
6325 Merge jlbs and jbs and similarly for jlbc and jbc.
6326 Remove unneeded reverse branch patterns for above insns.
6327 Rewrite patterns for add-and-branch insns to take into account
6328 simplifications done by combine and remove reversed cases.
6329 Convert peepholes for optimizing extzv followed or preceeded by andl
6330 into patterns for a single insn.
6332 Thu Mar 21 15:46:21 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
6334 * toplev.c (abort): Declare it.
6336 Thu Mar 21 08:16:12 1991 Michael Meissner (meissner at osf.org)
6338 * va-mips.h (whole file): Replace with the 1.39 version of this
6339 file, which was a total rewrite of the 1.37.1 version. Add
6340 primitive support for 2.00.
6342 Wed Mar 20 18:31:42 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
6344 * jump.c (duplicate_loop_exit_test): Make copy of contents of
6345 register note; if it was a REG_EQUAL note, it might have been an
6346 arbitrary expression and sharing it can cause problems in cse.
6348 * rtl.def (UMULT): Remove unsigned multiply code.
6349 * combine.c (subst, significant_bits): Remove code UMULT and
6350 support for indicating widening multiply with different modes
6351 on the MULT operation vs. its operands.
6352 * cse.c (simplify_binary_operation): Remove support for widening
6354 (rtx_code, exp_equiv_p, simplify_binary_operation, cse_insn): Remove
6356 * function.c (instantiate_virtual_regs_1): Likewise.
6357 * reload1.c (eliminate_regs): Likewise.
6358 * local-alloc.c (block_alloc): Likewise; replace with GET_RTX_CLASS.
6359 * loop.c (simplify_giv_expr, expr_benefit): Remove code UMULT
6360 and support for widening multiply.
6361 * optabs.c (init_optabs): Set code of widening multiply tables
6364 * a29k.md (mulsidi2, umulsidi2): Rewrite using SIGN_EXTEND and
6365 ZERO_EXTEND. Also fix typo in SUBREG_WORD when splitting.
6366 * tm-alliant.h, tm-m68k.h (NOTICE_UPDATE_CC): Remove code UMULT.
6367 * alliant.md, m68.md (mulhisi3, umulhisi3): Rewrite using
6368 SIGN_EXTEND and ZERO_EXTEND.
6369 (divhisi3, udivhisi3, modhisi3, umodhisi3): Rewrite using TRUNCATE.
6370 * alliant.md, ns32k.md (umulsi3, umulhi3, umulqi3): Remove unneeded
6371 patterns that use UMULT.
6372 * ns32k.md (umulsidi3): Rewrite using ZERO_EXTEND.
6374 * tm-alliant.h (NOTICE_UPDATE_CC): MOD and (trunc (mod ...))
6376 * alliant.md (mod*, umod*): No longer need CC_STATUS_INIT.
6378 * recog.c: Include insn-attr.h.
6379 (general_operand): If we have insn scheduling, don't allow paradoxical
6380 SUBREGs since they can prevent scheduling memory references; they
6381 aren't helpful on RISCs anyway and can cause poor register allocation.
6382 * Makefile.in (recog.o): Includes insn-attr.h.
6384 * cse.c (COST): A register only in NO_REGS isn't a specially-cheap reg.
6385 (simplify_unary_operation, case {ZERO,SIGN}_EXTEND): If OP_MODE was
6386 given as VOIDmode, use MODE; allow mode size of HOST_BITS_PER_INT.
6387 (cse_insn): Don't make SET_SRC equal SET_DEST if doing so will cause
6388 two registers to be live containing the same value.
6389 (cse_end_of_basic_block): Count SETs in CALL_INSNs and JUMP_INSNs.
6391 Wed Mar 20 15:40:48 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
6393 * gcc.c (MD_EXEC_PREFIX, MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX): New macros.
6394 (md_exec_prefix, md_startfile_prefix): New variables.
6395 (process_command): Put those prefixes on the paths.
6397 * toplev.c (main): Use abort, not fancy_abort.
6399 * integrate.c (expand_inline_function): Use emit_block_move
6400 to copy BLKmode parm value. Save size and alignment for this.
6402 * gnulib2.c (__builtin_saveregs)[MIPS]: Go to text section.
6404 * final.c (final_scan_insn): Don't go to text after jump-tab label.
6406 Tue Mar 19 21:27:09 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
6408 * tm-a29k.h (SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS): Always write registers to
6409 0(ap), no matter how many named args are present.
6411 * combine.c (subst): In IF_THEN_ELSE, canonicalize to put the (pc)
6412 in the second operand if we can reverse the comparison.
6413 (significant_bits): Support TRUNCATE and SIGN_EXTEND.
6415 * tm-romp.h (CC_UNSIGNED): New flag for cc_status.
6416 * out-romp.c (update_cc, case CC_COMPARE): Record the operands of the
6417 compare and mark whether the test will be signed or unsigned.
6418 (restore_compare_p): New function.
6419 * romp.md (conditional branch and return patterns): Use new
6420 restore_compare_p to see if we need to tell final to reinclude
6421 deleted compare insn.
6423 * output.h (const_int_operand): Define.
6424 * recog.c (const_int_operand): New function.
6425 * out-a29k.c, out-romp.c, out-rs6000.c (const_int_operand): Remove from
6428 * tree.c (rtl_in_saveable_obstack): New function.
6429 * varasm.c (immed_double_const, immed_real_const_1): Ensure that things
6430 that get placed on the chain are always put into saveable_obstack.
6432 Tue Mar 19 17:21:30 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
6434 * stddef.h (wchar_t): New typedef.
6436 * out-sparc.c (output_block_move): Handle NO_UNDERSCORES syntax.
6438 * tm-pbd.h, xm-pbd.h: New files.
6440 * toplev.c (report_error_function): Don't crash if between functions.
6442 Tue Mar 19 12:58:13 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
6444 * sched.c (memrefs_conflict_p): C was being used as offset for X,
6445 not for Y. Flipping + and - in offset uses cleared up this problem.
6446 ({true,anti,output}_dependence): Add declaration for INSN.
6447 (order_calls): Interface changed; now returns void. All callers
6449 (sched_analyze_{1,2}): Make dependence between calls and
6450 call-clobbered registers explicit.
6451 (sched_analyze): Track last_function_call_not_const.
6452 (sched_note_set): New parameter DEATH says whether X is marked for
6453 death. Also, look through SUBREGs and extractions.
6454 (rank_for_schedule): Stabilize for qsort.
6455 (attach_deaths): We should not end up with more REG_DEAD notes than
6456 we started with, so abort if we run out early.
6457 (attach_deaths_insn): Handle more complicated cases of registers
6459 (unlink_notes): Work from back-to-front instead of front-to-back.
6460 (new_sometimes_live): Fix code that looks for an element already in
6462 (schedule_block): New variable TAIL_PRIORITY used to help determine
6463 max IPC of scheduled code. Also, for now we analyze (schedule) all
6464 blocks, even ones which won't benfit from scheduling. This is
6465 necessary to keep register live info correct, but has the
6466 disadvantage of screwing *all* debug info, not just for the blocks
6467 that were scheduled.
6468 (update_links): Fix complicated code that was to be a simple
6469 head-cons to be a simple head-cons.
6470 (schedule_insns): Update REG_LIVE_LENGTH and REG_N_CALLS_CROSSED
6473 * sparc.md (cmpdf): Define an expand pattern for this. (Dropped by
6474 mistake when converted from old-style to new-style condition codes).
6476 * out-sparc.c (singlemove_string): Catch case where `sethi' can be
6477 used instead of `mov'.
6479 * gcc.texinfo (Optimize Options): Add documentation about the
6480 `-finline' option (actually, the `-fno-inline' option).
6482 * out-sparc.c (output_block_move): Use `rtx_alloc' instead of
6483 `gen_rtx' to cons a CONST_INT whose INTVAL we can change.
6485 * toplev.c (main): Recognize all -O strings (i.e. -O3, -O69), not
6488 Mon Mar 18 22:30:21 1991 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.ai.mit.edu)
6490 * expr.c (expand_expr): For TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR, don't use hard target
6493 * combine.c: Fix some comments; reorder the variable declarations.
6495 Mon Mar 18 12:07:03 1991 Matthew Self (mself@next.com)
6497 * tm-next.h (WORD_SWITCH_TAKES_ARG): Return number of args taken.
6499 * tm-next.h (CPLUSPLUS): Deleted (obsolete).
6501 * out-next.c (flag_no_mach_text_sections, handle_pragma):
6502 Handle #pragma CC_NO_MACH_TEXT_SECTIONS.
6504 Mon Mar 18 12:12:13 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at goldman)
6506 * cplus-pt.c: Renamed from cplus-template.c.
6507 * Makefile.in (cplus-pt.o): New target.
6509 * c-typeck.c (initializer_constant_valid_p):
6510 Allow casts that change width only for explicit values.
6511 * tree.c (really_constant_p): New function.
6512 * expr.c (expand_expr): Handle MINUS_EXPR with EXPAND_SUM.
6514 * tm-m68k.h (FUNCTION_EXTRA_EPILOGUE): Don't normally define this.
6515 * out-m68k.c (use_return_insn): Don't look at FUNCTION_EXTRA_EPILOGUE.
6517 * out-sparc.c (normal_comp_operator): Replace comparison_code_p.
6519 Sun Mar 17 22:53:25 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
6521 * m68k.md: Delete patterns now converted by combine to simpler
6522 patterns or otherwise obsolete. Specifically: ZERO_EXTRACT from
6523 an HImode object, setting cc0 to SUBREG or AND, umulhi3, umulsi3,
6524 AND of a ZERO_EXTRACT, shifts of 24 and 16 from MEM, and patterns with
6525 constants as first operand of comparison operator.
6526 Remove COMPARE except as a SET_SRC.
6528 * alliant.md, tahoe.md, rs6000.md: Remove COMPARE except as a SET_SRC.
6530 * flags.h (flag_combine_regs): Deleted.
6531 * toplev.c: Likewise.
6532 * tm-a29k.h, tm-romp.h, tm-rs6000.h (OVERRIDE_OPTIONS): No longer
6533 turn on flag_combine_regs.
6535 * tm-romp.h, tm-rs6000.h (SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS): Set to 1.
6537 * Makefile.in (combine.o): Include insn-codes.h and insn-attr.h.
6539 * combine.c: Major rework to support many more simplifications in
6540 a more regular manner and support combining three insns into two.
6541 The most significant changes are the following:
6542 (subst): Remove simplifications involving ZERO_EXTRACT, SIGN_EXTRACT,
6543 ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND, AND, and shifts.
6544 Call new routines below; in the case of comparisons, handle call
6545 find_next_use if we need to change the comparison code or the
6546 particular MODE_CC mode required.
6547 No need to ever change ASHIFT to MULT here.
6548 (expand_compound_operation): New function to convert
6549 {ZERO,SIGN}_{EXTRACT,EXTEND} into the appropriate pair of shifts.
6550 (make_compound_operation): New function to make
6551 {ZERO,SIGN}_{EXTRACT,EXTEND} operations from shifts and ANDs.
6552 If we are on a machine (like a Vax) that has only arithmetic shifts,
6553 convert logical to arithmetic shifts when it doesn't matter
6554 which shift is used (simplify_shift_const canonicalizes to
6556 If inside an address, convert ASHIFT to MULT.
6557 (significant_bits): New function to determine which bits of
6558 a value are known to be zero.
6559 (simplify_and_const_int): Use significant_bits.
6560 Call expand_compound_operation when required.
6561 Handle AND of an ASHIFTRT with a constant.
6562 Don't make ZERO_{EXTEND,EXTRACT} here.
6563 (simplify_shift_const): New function to simplify a shift of an
6564 an object by a constant integer.
6565 (gen_lowpart_for_combine): When applied to a comparison operator,
6566 return comparison operator in requested mode.
6567 (simplify_set_cc0_and): Deleted.
6568 (try_combine): No longer call simplify_set_cc0_and.
6569 (reversible_comparison_p): New function.
6570 (simplify_comparison): New function.
6572 (combine_instructions): Allocate and initialize new vars
6573 reg_last_set_{table_tick,label,invalid}.
6574 (update_table_tick, record_value_for_reg): New functions.
6575 (get_last_value_validate, get_last_value): New functions.
6576 (record_dead_and_set_regs): Call record_value_for_reg.
6578 (find_split_point): New function to locate a place where a complex
6579 pattern can be split into two insns.
6580 (try_combine): If we are combining three insns and can't recognize the
6581 new pattern, try to split it.
6582 Call new functions below to update insn status.
6583 Return insn at which to continue scan.
6584 (adjacent_insns_p, add_links, remove_links): Deleted.
6585 (add_incs, add_no_conflicts, remove_death, move_deaths_2): Deleted.
6586 (move_deaths): Generalize to include movements in both directions.
6587 Update reg_first_use when we make an earlier use.
6588 (distribute_notes, distribute_links): New functions.
6589 (combine_instructions): No longer need check for LOG_LINKS
6591 Rescan from location indicated by try_combine, if any, when
6592 combining three insns.
6593 Update reg_first_use if we moved a use to a later insn.
6595 (try_distrib): Deleted.
6596 (apply_distributive_law): New function, contains code from old
6598 (subst): Call apply_distributive_law for applicable operations.
6599 Try to apply associative law.
6600 (combine_instructions): No longer call try_distrib.
6601 (dump_combine_stats, dump_combine_total_stats, combine_instructions):
6602 No longer count distributer statistics.
6604 (can_combine_p): New function to see if I2 or I1 is combinable.
6605 Be more precise about when we can combine insns involving cc0.
6606 Eliminate -fcombine-regs; always do it.
6608 Call can_combine_p to validate I2 and I1.
6609 If -fexpensive-optimizations, try to simplify I1 or I2.
6610 Handle (set (foo) (const_int 0)) followed by a STRICT_LOW_PART
6611 assignment to FOO as a ZERO_EXTEND.
6612 (subst): Quit very early if X is a root node (like PC0).
6613 Remove most canonicalizations done in first switch statement; now
6615 Call simplify_{unary,binary,ternary}_operation.
6616 Add cases involving logical and arithmetic operations applied
6617 to comparison operators or values with only one significant bit.
6618 Add more cases involving ABS since comparisons returning values
6619 can be done with ABS.
6620 Avoid generating (const (const ...) ...).
6621 Convert (xmult (x_extend ...) ...) to a widening multiply.
6623 (gen_rtx_combine): New function to search for an operation in
6624 undobuf. Many callers to gen_rtx changed to call this function.
6625 (copy_substitutions): Only copy a substitution if it was placed into
6626 more than one location.
6628 Sun Mar 17 17:26:09 1991 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.ai.mit.edu)
6630 * c-common.c (shorten_compare): Warn for (unsigned char) == -1.
6632 * final.c (final_scan_insn): Set debug_insn before first output.
6633 (output_asm_insn): Clear it here.
6635 * expr.c (do_jump): Don't try to split non-integers.
6637 * fixincludes (dnetdb.h): Fix missing semi in nodeent.
6638 (rusers.h): Code to fix this file was duplicated.
6640 * toplev.c (decl_printable_name): Now given an extra arg.
6641 (decl_name): Accept that arg.
6642 (announce_function, report_error_function): Pass that arg.
6643 (error_with_decl, warning_with_decl): Likewise.
6645 * dbxout.c (getwd) [USG]: Define as macro.
6647 * c-decl.c (init_decl_processing): Indicate byte alignment for void.
6649 * expr.c (do_jump_by_parts_*): Compute nwords from compare arg.
6650 Pass 0 as size and alignment to compare_from_rtx.
6651 (do_jump_by_parts_greater): Compare high word first.
6652 Handle unsigned compares properly.
6653 Fix logic for dropping through versus failing.
6655 * expr.c (expand_builtin): Change cmpstrsi4 to cmpstrsi as in optabs.c.
6657 * c-common.c (truthvalue_conversion): Handle ptr vs int in MINUS_EXPR.
6659 Sun Mar 17 15:43:48 1991 Matthew Self (mself@next.com)
6661 Allow multiple return points in some framless functions (2/2/91):
6663 * m68k.md (return): New insn pattern for rts (and rtd).
6665 * tm-m68k.h (FUNCTION_PROLOGUE, FUNCTION_EPILOGUE,
6666 USE_RETURN_INSN): Call new functions to avoid giant macros
6667 which are hard to edit.
6669 * out-m68k.c (output_function_prologue,
6670 output_function_epilogue): New functions.
6672 * out-m68k.c (use_return_insn): New function. Determines
6673 whether the epilogue will consist of a single insn. Some
6674 code was duplicated from output_function_epilogue. There
6675 should be probably a new layout routine to do this common
6676 work. Also #include "flags.h".
6678 *out-m68k.c (output_function_epilogue): Don't output
6679 anything if the epilogue was output as RTL. We detect this
6680 by the barrier insn which is always placed after a return
6681 insn. This machine-independent test should probably be moved
6682 back into final.c and removed from out-sparc.c and out-m88k.c.
6684 * out-next.c: Don't #include "flags.h".
6686 Sun Mar 17 00:07:20 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
6688 * genemit.c (gen_exp): Support constm1_rtx.
6689 * genrecog.c (add_to_sequence): Likewise.
6691 Sat Mar 16 17:26:58 1991 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.ai.mit.edu)
6693 * c-lang.c (maybe_building_objc_message_expr): New dummy function.
6694 * c-typeck.c (warn_for_assignment): Use it.
6696 * toplev.c (compile_file): Write out all static consts that are used.
6698 Sat Mar 16 14:08:12 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
6700 * integrate.c (subst_constants): Don't replace registers in USE or
6701 CLOBBER expressions.
6703 * genattrtab.c (main): Properly set up a default DEFINE_ASM_ATTRIBUTES.
6705 * cse.c (cse_insn): Correctly check for a hash table element equal to
6706 the destination of a SET.
6708 Fri Mar 15 16:55:32 1991 Ron Guilmette (rfg at pepper.ncd.com)
6710 * Makefile.in (OBJS): Added dwarfout.o to list of things to be
6713 * Makefile.in (dwarfout.o): Added this rule.
6715 * dwarfout.c (FT_*_long_long): Added default definitions for all of
6716 these extended fundamental type codes to cater to plain vanilla
6717 <dwarf.h> file which do not define codes for these fundamental types.
6719 * dwarfout.c (TREE_UID): Added a local definition of this macro
6720 because gcc v2 no longer provides a definition for it and because
6721 dwarfout.c needs some way of getting a unique numeric code for each
6724 * dwarfout.c (CLASSTYPE_*): Added some local default definitions
6725 for these macros in order to get around the fact that they are
6726 currently defined only in cplus-tree.h (and rms wants dwarfout.c
6727 to be language independent).
6729 * dwarfout.c (BITFIELD_OFFSET_*): Added some local macros to help
6730 compute various quantities relating to bitfield offsets.
6732 * dwarfout.c (location_attribute): Changed code which outputs location
6733 attributes for bitfield so that it uses gcc2 macros.
6735 * dwarfout.c (byte_size_attribute): Changed code which outputs the
6736 byte_size attribute so that it no longer uses the obsolete
6737 DECL_SIZE_UNIT macro (from gcc1).
6739 * dwarfout.c: Replaced all uses of the obsolete macro TREE_PACKED
6740 to uses of the new gcc2 macro DECL_BIT_FIELD.
6742 * dwarfout.c (deriv_list_attribute): Fixed typo "decl" => "type".
6744 * dwarfout.c (output_dies_for_type): Replaced bogus reference to the
6745 non-existant routine "output_member_function_type_die" with a proper
6746 reference to the routine "output_subroutine_type_die".
6748 * dwarfout.c (output_symbols_for_block): Fixed calling error which
6749 was introduced by rms.
6751 * dwarfout.c: Replaced all uses of the obsolete macro STMT_SUBBLOCKS
6752 with uses of the new gcc2 macro BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS.
6754 * dwarfout.c (output_symbol): Removed reference to TAG_DECL. The
6755 use of TAG_DECLs was an early idea which didn't work out.
6757 * dwarfout.c: (dwarfout_init): Changed name from dwarfout_initialize
6758 because rms failed to do so when he changed the name in the call.
6760 Fri Mar 15 17:22:14 1991 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.ai.mit.edu)
6762 * c-decl.c (pushdecl): Add `%s' to some error messages.
6764 * sparc.md: Add extra assembler alternative in last change.
6766 * cse.c (simplify_unary_operation, simplify_binary_operation):
6767 Remove error checks that rejected SFmode.
6769 * expr.c (get_pointer_alignment): Don't lose on casts from integer
6772 Fri Mar 15 07:57:19 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
6774 * c-decl.c (pushdecl): Fix typo in previous change.
6776 * cse.c (simplify_{unary,binary}_operation): Fix usage of
6777 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE in recent change.
6779 Thu Mar 14 18:56:53 1991 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.ai.mit.edu)
6781 * c-decl.c (pushdecl): Warn if mismatch with implicit decl.
6783 * final.c (final_start_function): Handle NON_SAVING_SETJMP.
6784 Include hard-reg-set.h.
6785 * function.c (setjmp_protect, setjmp_protect_args): Likewise.
6786 (expand_function_end): Call those if NON_SAVING_SETJMP.
6788 Thu Mar 14 14:40:45 1991 James Wilson (wilson at cygnus.com)
6790 * reload1.c (order_regs_for_reload): When REG_ALLOC_ORDER is defined,
6791 use that definition only to order regs, do not try to put call
6792 used regs first. This eliminates the benefits of defining the macro
6795 * real.h: New macros for real arithmetic, REAL_VALUE_FIX_TRUNCATE,
6796 REAL_VALUE_UNSIGNED_FIX_TRUNCATE, REAL_VALUE_FIX,
6797 REAL_VALUE_UNSIGNED_FIX.
6799 * cse.c (simplify_unary_operation): Added code to simplify floating
6800 point rtx. Now simplifies UNSIGNED_FLOAT, ABS, FLOAT_TRUNCATE,
6801 FLOAT_EXTEND, FIX, and UNSIGNED_FIX. Add aborts to default case
6803 (simplify_binary_operation): Added code to simplify floating point
6804 rtx. Now simplifies PLUS, MINUS, MULT, and DIV. Add aborts to
6805 default case of switches.
6806 (*): Always use REAL_VALUE_TYPE and REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE
6807 when extracting a floating point number from a CONST_DOUBLE.
6809 Thu Mar 14 14:40:45 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
6811 * expr.c (get_pointer_alignment): Update ALIGN for NOP_EXPR.
6813 * c-decl.c (builtin_function): New arg LIBRARY_NAME.
6814 (initialize_decl_processing): Pass that argument.
6816 * c-decl.c (grokdeclarator): Handle C_TYPE_FIELDS_VOLATILE.
6817 (finish_struct): Likewise.
6818 * c-tree.h (C_TYPE_FIELDS_VOLATILE): Define it.
6820 * Makefile.in (gnulib1, gnulib2.portable): Test $$? after compilation.
6822 * c-typeck.c (check_format): Discard multiple NOP_EXPR levels.
6824 * objc-actions.c (build_message_expr, build_selector_expr,
6825 build_encode_expr, get_class_ivars, start_class): Finding
6826 Objective-C code in c source files is now a fatal error.
6827 (They should recompile with -lang-objc.)
6829 * objc-actions.c (gen_method_decl): Don't crash for syntax
6830 error in method declaration: -bar: x, y
6831 (encode_array): Treat an undimensioned array the same as a pointer.
6833 Thu Mar 14 07:39:30 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
6835 * reorg.c (try_merge_delay_insns): Previous fix had effect of
6836 disabling this function. Rework to take into account things
6837 needed, instead of set. This is still somewhat of a kludge.
6839 * recog.c (apply_change_group): An insn consisting of just a USE
6840 or CLOBBER is always valid, but recog_memoized returns a -1 for it.
6842 * genattrtab.c: Count all definitions as well as counting insns; use
6843 definition # in error message.
6844 Most functions that accepted insn_code now accept insn_index as well
6845 and similarly for structures containing insn_code.
6847 * reorg.c (try_merge_delay_insns): If not an annulling branch, take
6848 into account things set in the delay slot. This prevents merging
6849 two increments into one.
6851 * reorg.c (dbr_schedule): Fix typo in printing statistics.
6853 Thu Mar 14 02:11:56 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
6855 * genemit.c, genoutput.c, genrecog.c: Count all definitions
6856 as well as counting insns; use # of definition in error messages.
6858 * toplev.c (pipe_closed, float_signal): Give it an explicit arg.
6859 * cplus-decl.c (sigsegv): Likewise.
6860 * cccp.c (pipe_closed): Likewise.
6862 * cccp.c: Delete trigraph from comment.
6864 * Makefile.in (realclean): Delete objc parser files.
6866 * assert.h (__assert for __GNUC__): Don't return value of abort.
6868 Wed Mar 13 16:12:54 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at churchy.ai.mit.edu)
6870 * expr.c (do_jump_by_parts_greater): Don't lose if labels are 0.
6872 * cplus-edsel.c: New name for cplus-cadillac.c.
6873 * Makefile.in (cplus-edsel.o): Fix the compilation rule.
6875 Wed Mar 13 06:47:53 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
6877 * reorg.c (mark_set_resources): Any registers mentioned in REG_INC
6878 notes are set by an INSN.
6880 * flags.h (flag_expensive_optimizations): Add new flag.
6881 * toplev.c: Support -fexpensive-optimizations and turn on for -O2.
6882 * stmt.c (preserve_subexpressions_p): Use flag_expensive_optimizations
6883 instead of testing for -O2 explicitly.
6885 * expr.h (operand_subword): Add missing declaration.
6887 * reload1.c (eliminate_regs): Handle INSN_LIST (found in REG_NOTES).
6889 * tm-i386.h (RETURN_POPS_ARGS): Don't call aggregate_type_p with
6892 Wed Mar 13 00:00:29 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
6894 * optabs.c (expand_binop, expand_unop): If wordwise, make target non0.
6896 Tue Mar 12 15:24:09 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
6898 * fixincludes: Quote the # in an echo.
6899 * fixincludes: Fix typos handling size_t and ptrdiff_t.
6900 * fixincludes (sys/file.h): Fix incorrect conditional in Ultrix.
6902 * c-typeck.c (initializer_constant_valid_p): Allow NON_LVALUE_EXPR.
6903 Return a tree that indicates the relocation.
6904 All callers changed.
6906 * jump.c (jump_optimize): Rerecognize jump insn after inverting it.
6909 Use can_compare_p on the operand mode, not the comparison's mode.
6911 * reload.c (subst_reloads): Fix dumb error in last change.
6913 * expr.c (do_jump_by_parts_equality*): Fix logic errors.
6915 Mon Mar 11 14:27:40 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
6917 * reload.c (subst_reloads): Don't make subregs, just new regs.
6919 * expr.c (do_jump_by_parts_equality, do_jump_by_parts_greater):
6920 (do_jump_for_compare, do_jump_by_parts_equality_rtx): New functions.
6921 (do_jump): Use them to handle wide values.
6922 * optabs.c (can_compare_p): New function.
6924 * reload1.c (emit_reload_insns): Don't make subreg around RELOADREG;
6925 just make a new REG.
6927 * cse.c, varasm.c: Fix typos.
6929 * sparc.md (move SI to reg_or_nonsymb_mem_operand):
6930 Separate third alternative into two alternatives.
6931 * tm-sparc.h (PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS): Return CLASS as given.
6933 * optabs.c (operand_subword): Fix typo.
6935 * longlong.h (__umulsidi3): Return .ll field.
6937 Mon Mar 11 11:43:21 1991 Jeffrey A. Law (law at mole.ai.mit.edu)
6939 * make-hp9k2bsd: New file.
6940 * configure (hp9k200-bsd): Use it.
6942 Mon Mar 11 07:08:12 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
6944 * cplus-lex.c (check_newline): Clear TREE_INT_CST_HIGH once instead
6945 of clearing TREE_INT_CST_LOW twice.
6947 Mon Mar 11 06:51:52 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
6949 * flow.c (mark_used_regs): If we are going to use a later
6950 register to auto-increment, make sure it really is a REG.
6951 In the case above, count any calls crossed by the new register.
6953 * global-alloc.c (global_conflicts): Mark registers modified by
6954 virtue of a REG_INC note as modified in the insn to make conflicts.
6955 (mark_reg_store): Accept SETTER value of 0.
6957 Sun Mar 10 16:56:25 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
6959 * optabs.c (operand_subword): New function to get one word of operand.
6960 (expand_binop, expand_unop): Use it for word at a time case.
6962 * configure (a29-bsd*): Renamed from a29-sysv*.
6964 * expr.c (emit_library_call): Handle GNULIB_NEEDS_DOUBLE.
6965 * tm-i860.h (GNULIB_NEEDS_DOUBLE): Define it.
6967 * tm-harris.h (ASM_FILE_START): Output a .file.
6969 * reload1.c (constraint_accepts_reg_p): Understand reg classes.
6971 Sun Mar 10 06:58:20 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
6973 * expr.c (move_by_pieces, move_by_pieces_ninsns, emit_push_insn):
6974 If SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS is defined, respect alignment even if
6975 STRICT_ALIGNMENT is not defined.
6976 * tm-a29k.h (SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS): Define this.
6978 Sun Mar 10 02:57:40 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
6980 * cccp.c (handle_directive): If pass_thru and -C, print the
6981 input before removing comments from it.
6983 Sat Mar 9 21:18:48 1991 Torbjorn Granlund (tege at musta.nada.kth.se)
6985 * gnulib2.c (div_qrnnd, __umulsidi3, lowpart, highpart, B): Move
6987 (udiv_qrnnd): New name of div_qrnnd. Rewrite to work correctly.
6988 (file header): Remove obsolete comment about internal format.
6989 (bits): Remove this function. count_leading_zeros in longlong.h
6991 (__udivdi3): Use count_leading_zeros instead of bits.
6992 (__udivdi3): Use umul_ppmm instead of __umulsidi3, as this makes
6995 Sat Mar 9 18:02:47 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
6997 * jump.c (jump_optimize): Avoid looking at PATTERN of NOTE
7000 * reload1.c (reg_is_output_reload, count_for_*groups): Use
7001 HARD_REG_SET instead of array to avoid bzero calls.
7002 (reload_reg_used*): Likewise.
7004 * emit-rtl.c (gen_rtx, init_emit_once): Pre-compute CONST_INTs
7005 from -64 to 64 to save space.
7007 Sat Mar 9 14:28:37 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7009 * reload1.c (choose_reload_regs): Fix typo in last change.
7011 Sat Mar 9 01:03:01 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
7013 * cplus-decl.c (pushtag): Don't call `pushdecl' for nested type if
7014 the type is already defined.
7016 Fri Mar 8 17:24:20 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
7018 * ns32k.md, vax.md (right shift patterns): When generating a right
7019 shift, use xSHIFTRT but use (neg x) as the shift count to
7020 more accurately represent what is supported by the machine.
7022 * expmed.c (emit_store_flag): Can't narrow result of scc insn before
7025 Fri Mar 8 12:56:41 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
7027 * cplus-class.c (pushclass): Set CURRENT_FUNCTION_DECL to
7028 appropriate value so that pushtag does the right thing for tags
7031 Fri Mar 8 02:47:53 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7033 * gcc.c (delete_temp_files): Delete only ordinary files.
7035 * tree.c, cplus-tree.c (TYPE_HASH): 777777 was supposed to be octal.
7037 * reload1.c (choose_reload_regs): Properly ensure EQUIV
7038 is free and of the desired class.
7039 When a reload may be a group, mark all its regs in use.
7041 * reload.c (push_reload): Don't call reg_overlap_mentioned_p
7042 unless IN is a REG or MEM.
7044 * c-common.c, cplus-search.c, cplus-class.c (NULL):
7045 Undef before defining.
7047 * sdbout.c (sdbout_one_type): Don't temporarily clear KNOWN_TYPE_TAG.
7049 Thu Mar 7 10:53:32 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com
7051 * toplev.c (main): Add -dp: annotate the assembly with a comment
7052 describing the pattern and alternative used. Also, make -dm work
7054 * genoutput.c (output_epilogue): Output the array `insn_name'.
7055 * final.c (debug_insn, final_scan_insn): Record the value of the
7056 last insn processed by final_scan_insn.
7057 (output_asm_insn): Annotate the assembly output.
7058 (ASM_COMMENT_START): Provide a default value.
7059 * tm-att386.h, tm-bsd386.h, tm-sun386.h (ASM_COMMENT_START):
7062 Thu Mar 7 06:15:04 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
7064 * cplus-class.c (propagate_basetype_offsets): Check ASSOC_TYPE in
7065 addition to return value from assoc value before aborting. ???
7066 should figure out why assocs are not shared.
7068 Wed Mar 6 16:29:37 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7070 * c-decl.c (NULL): Undef before defining.
7072 * cccp.c (do_include): Allocate file name permanently.
7074 Wed Mar 6 09:06:39 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
7076 * m88k.md (and/ashift): Added for the new combine.c (ashift/and
7077 works with the previous version).
7078 (bcnd insns): Use bcnd to test for sign and zero.
7079 (muldf3, divdf3): Use new method to deal with a power of two.
7080 (andsi3, iorsi3, xorsi3): Split into two insns for some constants.
7081 (call, call_value): Deal properly with a CONST_INT address.
7082 * out-m88k.c (call_address_operand): Don't allow CONST_INT.
7083 (uses_arg_area_p): New function for -moptimize-arg-area.
7084 * tm-m88k.h (TARGET_SWITCHES): Delete -mpic in favor of -fpic.
7085 Add -moptimize-arg-area and -mno-optimize-arg-area.
7087 Wed Mar 6 00:07:09 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7089 * real.h (REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE): Takes input and output args.
7090 * integrate.c (copy_for_inline, copy_rtx_and_substitute):
7091 (restore_constants): Calls changed.
7093 Tue Mar 5 23:06:36 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7095 * stmt.c (fixup_gotos): Handle jumping to end of rtl.
7097 * c-decl.c (store_parm_decls): If -traditional,
7098 allow unsigned int in prototype in place of int.
7100 * cplus-cadillac.c: Delete all but the stubs.
7102 Tue Mar 5 16:59:18 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
7104 * jump.c (jump_optimize): Handle case of only NOTE insns after
7106 (duplicate_loop_exit_test): Return 0 when we hit a block
7107 start or end, rather than quitting loop and getting confused.
7109 * integrate.c (subst_constants): Correctly move constants to
7110 second operand of commutative operations.
7112 * jump.c (comparison_code_p): Deleted.
7113 * combine.c (subst): Use GET_RTX_CLASS instead of comparison_code_p.
7114 * cse.c (find_comparison_args): Likewise.
7115 * recog.c (comparison_operator): Likewise.
7116 * loop.c (get_condition): Likewise.
7118 Tue Mar 5 14:21:57 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7120 * cse.c (fold_rtx): When checking for constant pool addresses,
7121 handle addresses constructed from LO_SUM.
7123 * recog.c (constrain_operands): If before reload, `m' and `o'
7124 accept all that could be reloaded to fit those constraints.
7126 * reload1.c (gen_input_reload): Return the first insn emitted by
7127 this function, instead of the last insn emitted.
7129 * stmt.c (expand_end_loop): When move exit test to loop bottom,
7130 also move a preceeding NOTE_INSN_LOOP_CONT note if it exists.
7132 * gcc.c (process_command): Check for running out of args after option.
7134 * out-mips.c, out-romp.c: Test BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN with #if.
7135 * tm-i860.h (*_BIG_ENDIAN): Define as 0.
7136 * tm-mips-news.h (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN, WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN): Deleted.
7137 (DECSTATION): Deleted.
7139 * tm-mips.h: Test WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN with #if.
7141 * tm-mips.h, tm-sparc.h, tm-spur.h (CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER_P):
7142 Use CONST_DOUBLE_LOW and CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH.
7144 * real.h: dconst0, dconst1, dconstm1 are declared twice.
7145 Eliminate the second redundant declaration.
7147 * cse.c (FIXED_REGNO_P): Exclude OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P registers.
7149 * cccp.c (path_include): Handle empty names in path.
7151 * final.c: Use gvarargs.h, not varargs.h
7153 * configure (i860, i860-bsd): Handle +gas.
7154 * tm-i860g.h, tm-i860bsdg.h: New files.
7156 Mon Mar 4 22:41:36 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7158 * cse.c (simplify_unary_operation): When making a real const, use MODE.
7160 Mon Mar 4 21:35:47 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
7162 * cse.c (cse_end_of_basic_block): Correctly handle case where
7163 we find a "new" branch to follow.
7164 (cse_end_of_basic_block, cse_main, cse_basic_block): PATH_SIZE
7165 is now actual size, not size - 1.
7167 Mon Mar 4 06:44:27 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
7169 * cplus-decl.c (poplevel): Change test for whether to clobber the
7170 DECL_CONTEXT of local variables. Now we won't clobber context for
7173 Mon Mar 4 00:39:11 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7175 * jump.c (jump_optimize): When deleting x=y after y=x,
7176 don't delete more than one death note, and don't delete any
7177 unless we really do delete x=y.
7179 * cccp.c (main): Support -lang-objc++.
7180 Eliminate compilation parameter CPLUSPLUS.
7182 * cccp.c (main): Handle leading or trailing space in `predefs'.
7184 * fixincludes: Fix typos handling size_t and ptrdiff_t.
7186 Sun Mar 3 16:41:24 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7188 * cccp.c (main): Handle multiple spaces, and tabs, in `predefs'.
7189 * gcc.c (do_spec_1): Allow extra whitespace in CPP_PREDEFINES.
7190 Also transform -Dfoo=bar into -D__foo__=bar correctly.
7192 * varasm.c (assemble_zeros): Use ASM_BYTE if defined.
7194 * reload1.c (reload): Only special-case a spill reg alone in a class
7195 if there is non-group need for that class. Be careful not to count
7196 a reg in the usual place if it was counted in the special case.
7198 * reload1.c (order_regs_for_reload): Make fixed regs and
7199 eliminable regs twice as bad as explicitly mentioned regs.
7201 * reload1.c (choose_reload_regs): Fix typos in last change.
7203 * c-decl.c (init_decl_processing):
7204 Return type of memcpy varies if -traditional.
7205 (ptr_ftype_ptr_cptr_sizet): Global var deleted.
7207 * reload1.c (emit_reload_insns): When updating reg_reloaded_contents,
7208 first always clear, then maybe store nonzero value.
7210 Sun Mar 3 16:12:17 1991 Ken Raeburn (raeburn at watch.com)
7212 * cplus-template.c (mangle_class_name_for_template): Add two
7213 leading underscores, to avoid conflicts with programmer's names.
7215 * cplus-tree.h (struct lang_identifier): New field `template'
7216 points to template info from which this identifier was
7219 * cplus-template.c (current_template_expansion,
7220 current_template_name): Variables deleted.
7222 * cplus-template.c (lookup_template_class): Top half of old
7223 instantiate_template; returns the id_node.
7224 (instantiate_template): Takes the id_node as argument now.
7225 * cplus-parse.y (template rules): Use separate rule for checking
7226 whether expansion is required. For base classes, always try it;
7227 else do it only if `{' is not next token.
7228 (template_type_name): New nonterminal for template class name
7230 (template_type): Includes expansion, if needed.
7232 * cplus-input.c (input_from_saved_text): Deleted.
7233 * cplus-template.c (instantiate_template): Call feed_input directly.
7235 * cplus-parse.y (base_class_visibility_list): Now type <itype>,
7236 cast to tree in base_class action.
7238 Sun Mar 3 07:46:55 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
7240 * expr.c (do_store_flag): Consider A & single-bit as cheap.
7242 * fold-const.c (operand_equal_p): If ARG0 and ARG1 are the same
7243 SAVE_EXPR, they are equal.
7245 * function.c (fixup_var_refs_1): Move mispositioned code in
7246 (set (zero_extract ...) ...) case; fix incorrect indentation.
7248 Sun Mar 3 01:11:46 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7250 * cccp.c (include_defaults, cplusplus_include_defaults):
7251 Use STANDARD_INCLUDE_DIR.
7252 (STANDARD_INCLUDE_DIR): Define by default as /use/include.
7253 * tm-mips.h (STANDARD_INCLUDE_DIR): Define, if MIPS_BSD43.
7254 (CPP_SPEC): Don't do -I to handle -ZSYSV, -ZBSD43.
7256 Sat Mar 2 17:20:57 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
7258 * expr.c (expand_expr, case COND_EXPR): Remove unneeded calls to
7259 safe_from_p in A ? A : FOO cases.
7261 Sat Mar 2 16:14:24 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7263 * reload1.c (choose_reload_regs): Support subreg as reload_override_in.
7264 Likewise reload_reg_rtx. Just don't use REGNO on them.
7265 (emit_reload_insns): Handle subreg as OLDEQUIV.
7267 * reload1.c (delete_output_reload): Pass the output reload insn,
7268 not a spill reg index. Call in emit_reload_insns changed.
7269 (emit_reload_insns): Don't actually update spill_reg_store
7270 till after all reload insns have been made.
7272 * reload.c (push_reload): If existing reload has a reload reg,
7273 make sure it fits the class of this reload.
7275 * stmt.c (fixup_gotos): Fix typo in last change.
7277 * reload1.c (choose_reload_regs): Don't use equiv reg
7278 that is clobbered in this insn.
7280 Sat Mar 2 12:19:19 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
7282 * cplus-dem.c (optable): Add op for `operator,'.
7284 * toplev.c (main): Clear WARN_INLINE if FLAG_NO_INLINE is nonzero.
7286 * cplus-typeck.c (c_expand_return): Perform conversion to reference
7287 in time that we can warn about the return of more non-lvalues.
7288 Also, fix what appeared to be bugs in the code dealing with
7291 Sat Mar 2 00:11:18 1991 Ken Raeburn (raeburn at watch.com)
7293 * cplus-parse.y (base_class): Base class may be a template class.
7294 Split off non-visibility portion into base_class.1.
7296 * cplus-parse.y: Replaced PUBLIC, PRIVATE, PROTECTED with a single
7297 terminal VISSPEC, with <itype> value, to simplify parser slightly.
7298 * cplus-parse.h (enum rid): Added values for VISSPEC terminal.
7299 * cplus-lex.c (is_reserved_word): Changed token types to VISSPEC,
7300 rid values as appropriate.
7301 (yylex): For VISSPEC, set itype value rather than ttype.
7303 Fri Mar 1 21:50:23 1991 Ken Raeburn (raeburn at watch.com)
7305 * cplus-parse.y (.set_base_init): Discarded `preserve' code, which
7308 Fri Mar 1 19:01:25 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
7310 * reorg.c (redundant_insn_p): Rename second arg to TARGET.
7311 Handle the case where TARGET is a SEQUENCE.
7312 (mark_target_live_regs): Don't get confused by registers conditionally
7313 set in a JUMP_INSN when looking for regs set before used.
7315 Thu Feb 28 17:25:59 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
7317 * loop.c (check_dbra_loop): Replace code that thinks it knows
7318 exactly what the RTL looks like (and gets it wrong) with call
7319 to get_condition_for_loop.
7321 Thu Feb 28 16:35:21 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7323 * c-typeck.c (build_compound_expr): Convert array to pointer.
7325 Wed Feb 27 15:46:54 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7327 * gnulib1.c (FLOAT_ARG_TYPE, FLOATIFY): New macros.
7328 (__*sf*): Use them for `float' args.
7330 * stmt.c (expand_end_case):
7331 Test value of HAVE_casesi and HAVE_tablejump at runtime.
7333 * stmt.c (fixup_gotos): Check that jump into bindings
7334 really comes from before the start of the bindings.
7335 Use TREE_REGDECL to indicate error message printed.
7337 Wed Feb 27 15:01:51 1991 Ken Raeburn (raeburn at watch.com)
7339 * cplus-template.c (end_template_decl): Store correct name in new
7340 decl. Use pushdecl, not pushtag.
7341 (instantiate_template): Use identifier's global value, not its
7342 type. Pass back both template and new class in token value.
7343 * cplus-lex.c (identifier_type): Templates now have type
7344 TEMPLATE_DECL, not TYPE_DECL wrapped around a TEMPLATE_DECL.
7346 Wed Feb 27 06:27:45 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
7348 * loop.c (replace_regs): Don't make nested SUBREGs.
7350 * reload.c (push_reload): SUBREG_LOC applies only to INLOC, not OUTLOC.
7352 * cse.c (simplify_binary_operation): Simplify A&A, A|A, and A^A.
7354 * reload.c (find_reloads_address_1): Correctly handle (post_inc (mem)).
7356 Tue Feb 26 21:49:15 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7358 * expmed.c (store_bit_field, extract_bit_field): Calls to
7359 get_best_mode were passing alignment in bytes rather than
7362 * flags.h (flag_pedantic_errors): Declare it.
7364 * c-tree.h (C_TYPEDEF_EXPLICITLY_SIGNED): New flag.
7365 * c-decl.c (grokdeclarator): Record that flag in new typedefs.
7366 Check it when determining signedness of bitfields.
7368 * expr.c (expand_expr): In A ? A : B, make output safe from A and B.
7370 * reload.c (find_reloads_address, find_reloads_address_1):
7371 Reload any reg that appears in a clobber in the same insn.
7372 (regno_clobbered_p): New function.
7374 Tue Feb 26 21:41:43 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
7376 * expr.c (expand_expr): Add missing arg to exapnd_exit_loop in
7379 Tue Feb 26 14:35:47 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7381 * c-decl.c (grokdeclarator): Check pedantic error last.
7383 * tm-i386.h (STRUCT_VALUE, STRUCT_VALUE_INCOMING): Value is 0.
7384 (RETURN_POPS_ARGS): Pop the structure return pointer here.
7385 * out-i386.c (function_epilogue):
7386 current_function_pops_args says how many args to pop.
7388 * tm-i386.h (CC_Z_IN_NOT_C): New cc flag.
7389 * i386.md (je and jne patterns): Handle this flag.
7390 (pattern using bt insns): Set the flag.
7391 Output test insn instead if bit number is constant.
7392 (insv): Changed constraint.
7394 * tm-i386.h (enum reg_class): Define ABCI_REGS.
7395 (REG_CLASS_NAMES, REG_CLASS_CONTENTS): Support ABCI_REGS.
7396 Fix the contents for ABC_REGS.
7397 (REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER): Define `x' for ABCI_REGS.
7398 * i386.md (divsi3, udivsi3): Use `xm' for operand 2 constraint.
7399 (divhi3, udivhi3, divmod*, udivmod*): Likewise.
7401 * cccp.c (pedwarn): Declare as void.
7403 Tue Feb 26 06:41:34 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
7405 * tree.h (IDENTIFIER_VIRTUAL_P): New macro for IDENTIFIER_NODE.
7406 Nonzero means that this identifier is used by a function declared
7408 * cplus-decl.c (grokfndecl): Set IDENTIFIER_VIRTUAL_P instead of
7410 * cplus-search.c (get_first_matching_virtual): Test
7411 IDENTIFIER_VIRTUAL_P instead of DECL_VIRTUAL_P.
7413 * cplus-decl.c (pushtag): Handle classes which are nested in
7414 function scope (as opposed to class scope).
7415 (lookup_nested_type): Ditto.
7416 * cplus-method.c (build_overload_nested_name): Ditto.
7418 * cplus-decl.c (grokdeclarator): Only globalize non-nested classes
7419 declared in class scope (i.e., don't globalize in function scope).
7421 Tue Feb 26 06:11:37 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
7423 * a29k.md (storem): Fix typo in operand number.
7425 * expr.c (do_store_flag): Add missing cast required for some compilers.
7427 * tm-a29k.h (REG_CLASS_*, REGNO_REG_CLASS): Add new class Q_REGS
7428 and constraint letter `q' for the Q register. Requested by tege.
7430 * tm-a29k.h (PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS): Allow short constant as address.
7432 Mon Feb 25 20:46:43 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7434 * expr.c (expand_expr): In handling A : A ? FOO, use safe_from_p
7435 against FOO. Fix many incorrect operand refs in A : FOO ? A.
7437 * sdbout.c (plain_type_1): Record type name only if using forward refs.
7439 * reload.c (find_reloads): Mark those RELOAD_OTHER reloads
7440 that are used for output addresses, for choose_reload_regs.
7442 * integrate.c (copy_rtx_and_substitute):
7443 Copy REG_USERVAR_P from original regs to new regs.
7445 * c-typeck.c (digest_init): Handle STRING_CST before same-type case.
7447 Mon Feb 25 13:31:51 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
7449 * cplus-decl.c (grokdeclarator): Handle the identification of
7450 constructors declared in nested scope.
7452 Mon Feb 25 06:27:28 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
7454 * reorg.c (next_insn_no_annul): New function.
7455 (mark_set_resources, mark_target_live_regs): Don't count insns from
7456 the target of a branch if the branch is annulling.
7458 * expmed.c (emit_store_flag): Get new register for target if
7459 preserve_subexpressions_p returns nonzero.
7460 Convert to desired mode, then normalize, instead of doing it
7461 the other way around; this allows better combining.
7463 Sun Feb 24 20:07:02 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
7465 * cse.c (find_comparison_args): Fix indentation and misplaced paren.
7467 * Makefile.in (install-headers): Remove extraneous parens from
7468 uses of shelllibsubdir.
7470 Sun Feb 24 15:49:42 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7472 * loop.c (check_dbra_loop): Win if loop biv is used only for counting.
7474 * cccp.c (struct definition): Record file and line.
7475 (create_definition): Store that information.
7476 (do_define): Identify location of previous definition.
7477 (pedwarn_with_file_and_line): New function.
7479 Sat Feb 23 13:36:13 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7481 * c-decl.c (grokdeclarator): Error for `signed void', etc.
7482 Warning for `signed my_int', and only if pedantic.
7484 * toplev.c (warn_cast_align): New flag, with -W option.
7485 * c-typeck.c (build_c_cast): Warn if target alignment increases.
7487 Sat Feb 23 10:22:03 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
7489 * cplus-type2.c (store_init_value): Global variables must be
7490 specially initialized in PIC under SunOS.
7492 * cplus-dbxout.c (dbxout_tags): Test that the tag's value has not
7493 been cleared before trying to use it as a type. This happens when a
7494 class starts out looking like a nested class, but turns out to be a
7495 reference to an implicitly defined global class.
7497 Sat Feb 23 06:16:44 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
7499 * jump.c (true_regnum): If given a pseudo not assigned a hard reg,
7500 return the pseudo register number.
7502 * out-rs6000.c (update_cc): Remove CC_REVERSE and CC_NONNEG.
7503 * rs6000.md (define_attr "cc"): Remove reverse.
7504 (cmpsi): Only allow second arg to be a constant.
7505 Remove some unneeded comparison patterns.
7507 * rs6000.md (misc logical patterns): Only add CLOBBER for MQ
7508 when we really clobber it; we used to do so in more cases to
7509 work around a since-fixed restriction in combine.c
7511 * rs6000.md (extend*): Use DEFINE_EXPAND instead of a pattern
7512 that generates two insns. Remove (sign_extend (ashift ..) ...)
7513 and similar patterns; no longer neeed.
7515 * rs6000.md (fma instruction): Add missing single-precision case.
7517 * out-rs6000.c (print_operand, case 's' and 'S'): Truncate to low-order
7520 * out-rs6000.c (output_prolog, output_epilog): Correct code to handle
7521 large stack frames; used 65535 instead of 32767 and had a typo.
7523 * tm-romp.h (CC_IN_NOT_TB): Deleted.
7524 * out-romp.c (update_cc): No longer need CC_REVERSE, CC_NONNEG, or
7526 (print_operand): Remove use of CC_IN_NOT_TB.
7527 * romp.md (define_attr "cc"): Remove reverse,nonneg, and nottbit.
7528 (mttbi): Remove redundant pattern.
7529 (cmpsi): First arg can only be register_operand.
7530 Remove some unneeded COMPARE patterns.
7532 * romp.md (movhi): Use zero-extend, not sign-extend load.
7534 * out-romp.c: (float_conversion): Allow CONST_INT as operand.
7536 * out-romp.c (first_reg_to_save): Ensure we save r14 if we use it.
7538 * a29k.md (divsf3): Fix typo in name; was divds3.
7540 * tm-a29k.h: Add new -mno-storem-bug and TARGET_NO_STOREM_BUG.
7541 (TARGET_SWITCHES): -m29050 turns on -mno-storem-bug.
7542 * a29k.md: (store_multiple_bug): New pattern to work around chip bug.
7543 (store_multiple_no_bug): New name for original pattern.
7544 (store_multiple): Choose depending on TARGET_NO_STOREM_BUG.
7545 (storem patterns): Two cases, with and without bug.
7547 * a29k.md (extend*): Don't define single insn for sign_extend.
7548 Instead, use DEFINE_EXPAND. Delete DEFINE_SPLITs for the old patterns.
7550 * a29k.md (jumpfdec pattern): Fix typo.
7552 * tm-a29k.h, tm-romp.h, tm-rs6000.h (CC1_SPEC): Remove optimization
7554 (OPTIMIZATION_OPTIONS): Turn off insn scheduling by default until
7557 * tm-a29k.h, tm-romp.h, tm-rs6000.h (SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS):
7558 Correctly handle the case of the special argument being other than
7561 * tm-a29k.h (GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS): A tiny constant (< 255)
7562 is also a valid address.
7564 * tm-a29k.h, tm-romp.h, tm-rs6000.h (BYTE_LOADS_ZERO_EXTEND): Add to
7565 support combine.c in development.
7567 * jump.c (jump_optimize, can_reverse_comparison_p, delete_jump):
7568 Consistently allow NOTEs between the set and use of CC0.
7569 * reorg.c (delete_scheduled_jump): Likewise.
7571 * expmed.c (emit_store_flag): Pass in UNSIGNEDP; can't derive it from
7573 * expr.c (do_store_flag): Add UNSIGNEDP arg to emit_store_flag call.
7574 * jump.c (jump_optimize): Likewise.
7575 * optabs.c (expand_binop): Likewise.
7577 * local-alloc.c (requires_inout_p): New function.
7578 (block_alloc): Use high-priority preferences if we have a hard
7579 register used in an insn that requires the same register for
7580 input as for the output.
7581 (combine_regs): Rename argument COPY to MAY_SAVE_COPY.
7583 * cse.c (simplify_binary_operation, case MULT): Convert multiply
7584 by power of two to shift.
7585 (cse_insn): Don't share rtx obtained from the hash table; copy it.
7587 Sat Feb 23 00:27:26 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7589 * rtlanal.c (dead_or_set_p): Don't check for REG_INC.
7591 * reload.c (push_reload): (subreg:m1 (reg:m2 ...) ...) with M1 wider
7592 than M2 is also a paradoxical SUBREG.
7594 Fri Feb 22 14:43:44 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7596 * reload1.c (possible_group_p): Add missing forward declaration.
7598 * reload1.c (eliminate_regs, case PLUS): Ensure we handle the
7599 case of (plus reg1 reg2) where REG1 is eliminable and REG2 is
7600 psuedo that didn't get a hard reg and has reg_equiv_constant nonzero.
7601 (choose_reload_regs): If reload_needed_for_multiple,
7602 the reload can't be input-only or output-only.
7603 (emit_reload_regs): Avoid regno_dead_p.
7604 * combine.c (regno_dead_p): Function deleted.
7606 * Makefile.in (maketest): Finish renaming config to configure.
7608 * gcc.c (lookup_compiler): Create a new entry to represent
7609 the result of searching for an alias entry.
7611 * reload.c (combine_reloads): Swap args to reg_overlap_mentioned_p.
7613 Fri Feb 22 09:40:50 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
7615 * cplus-parse.y (base_class_list): Re-fix precedence so we can use MI.
7617 * cplus-except.c (init_exception_processing): Push exception ctors
7618 and dtors into scope so they can be inlined.
7620 Fri Feb 22 08:03:47 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
7622 * genemit.c (output_init_mov_optab): New function.
7623 (main): Have insn-emit.c include insn-codes.h.
7624 Call output_init_mov_optab.
7625 * optabs.c (gen_move_insn): Handle moving MODE_CC modes; we may have
7626 to find a different mode to do this in.
7627 (init_optabs): Try to initialize CCmode in mov_optab; if we have
7628 EXTRA_CC_MODES, call init_mov_optab.
7629 * Makefile.in (insn-emit.o): Now depends on insn-codes.h.
7631 * rtl.h (get_last_insn_anywhere): Add missing declaration.
7633 * stmt.c: Now includes hard-reg-set.h (for n_non_fixed_regs).
7634 (preserve_subexpressions_p): Renamed from inside_loop.
7635 Always return true if optimize >= 2; always return false if
7636 optimize == 0. If optimize == 1, only return true if we aren't
7637 very far into a loop instead of whenever we are in any loop.
7638 * Makefile.in (stmt.o): Now includes hard-reg-set.h.
7639 * expr.c (expand_expr): Use preserve_subexpressions_p instead of
7641 Only set TARGET to SUBTARGET if TARGET isn't a pseudo register.
7642 (expand_expr, case REAL_CST): Don't call force_reg; now done in
7643 expand_binop, if required.
7644 * optabs.c (expand_binop, expand_twoval_binop, emit_cmp_insn):
7645 If arg is expensive constant and preserve_subexpressions_p is true,
7646 force it into a register.
7647 * out-sparc.c (emit_move_sequence): Call preserve_subexpressions_p
7648 instead of inside_loop.
7650 * reload1.c (eliminate_regs, case SUBREG): Correct test for paradoxical
7653 * varasm.c (output_constant_pool): If entry refers to a deleted label,
7654 write a zero instead of the undefined label.
7656 Fri Feb 22 02:49:24 1991 Ken Raeburn (raeburn at watch.com)
7658 * Reversed all changes dated 20 February.
7659 * cplus-template.c (pending_template_expansion): New function;
7660 given template name, returns class name of expansion in progress.
7661 * cplus-parse.y (PTYPENAME -> typespec): Call it.
7662 ('~' PTYPENAME -> notype_declarator): Ditto.
7664 Thu Feb 21 15:17:13 1991 Craig Burley (burley at geech.ai.mit.edu)
7666 * c-common.c (check_case_value): If value is NULL_TREE, return it
7667 without any further checking.
7669 * stmt.c (pushcase_range): If value1 is NULL_TREE, substitute
7670 minimum value for the type, if value2 is NULL_TREE, substitute
7671 maximum value for the type, from then on assume both are not NULL_TREE.
7672 These changes appear to provide minimal support for case ranges.
7674 * c-typeck.c (digest_init): For explicit array element initializer
7675 case, change check against max value of domain so index may equal it.
7676 For array element initialization, give next initializer a chance to
7677 override the choice of next index before falling out of loop because
7678 next index is out of range. For structure initialization, give next
7679 initializer a similar chance before falling out of loop because no
7682 * reload1.c (possible_group_p): Needed a forward decl (static).
7684 Thu Feb 21 14:37:01 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7686 * c-decl.c (grokdeclarator):
7687 Don't make bitfield type unsigned if comes from typedef.
7689 * reload1.c (reload): Don't require INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET
7690 if cannot eliminate the frame pointer.
7692 * i860.md (cbranch, inverse_cbranch): Use eq to test cc0.
7693 (negated branch patterns): New patterns.
7695 * tm-i860.h (INITIALIZE_TRAMPOLINE): Use size_int, not build_int.
7697 * reload1.c (reload): Save and restore notes around find_reloads.
7699 * tm-sun2os4.h (LINK_SPEC): New macro.
7700 * tm-sun386i.h (LINK_SPEC): Undef before redefining.
7702 * cccp.c (do_include): Check for -2, not -1, as value of lookup_import.
7704 * c-parse.y (initlist): Fix typo.
7706 Mon Feb 18 02:50:38 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
7708 * cplus-decl.c (grokdeclarator): Try to come up with better magic
7709 for implicitly globalizing classes implicitly declared in class
7712 Sun Feb 17 09:27:38 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
7714 * cplus-tree.c (virtual_offset): New function. Returns the offset
7715 of a baseclass that is virtual or comes from a virtual baseclass, or
7716 NULL if there is no such baseclass.
7717 * cplus-class.c (modify_vtable_entries): Call this function instead
7718 of `virtual_member'. `virtual_member' can return the wrong thing if
7719 we try to use it for an offset computation of a baseclass which is
7720 not strictly a virtual baseclass.
7722 Sat Feb 16 06:21:03 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
7724 * recog.c (validate_replace_rtx_1): Use correct rtx_code for the
7725 new operation when commuting operands.
7726 Generalize to commute operands on comparison operation.
7728 Fri Feb 15 23:01:24 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at geech.ai.mit.edu)
7730 * c-parse.y (initlist): Finish changing `case N:' to `[N]'.
7732 * combine.c (try_combine): Update reg_first_use. Flush useless links.
7734 Thu Feb 14 17:06:44 1991 Ken Raeburn (raeburn at watch.com)
7736 * cplus-parse.y (template_parm): New derivation from `class ID',
7737 for consistent return of `identifier_node' nodes with `class A :
7739 * cplus-template (end_template_parm_list): Nothing to strip off of
7740 identifier_nodes now.
7741 (process_template_parm): Strip off one level of tree_list,
7742 discarding (for now) the required base class. Don't need to run
7743 through grok* any more.
7745 Sun Feb 10 19:23:21 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7747 * gcc.c (main, process_command, default_compilers): Fix typos.
7749 Sat Feb 9 15:06:43 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7751 * gcc.c (process_command): Handle separate args for -B, -b, -V.
7753 * gcc.c (lookup_compiler): New function. Handles alias entries.
7755 (default_compilers): Make all real suffixes into alias entries.
7756 (infiles): Now a vector of structures, containing specified language.
7757 (process_command): Handle -x to specify language.
7758 (main): Use specified language if any.
7760 Fri Feb 8 18:31:00 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7762 * fold-const.c (fold): Set TREE_USED when create COMPOUND_EXPR.
7763 * stmt.c (warn_if_unused_value): Don't warn if TREE_USED.
7764 * c-typeck.c (build_unary_op): Handle multiple casts inside ++.
7766 Fri Feb 8 07:37:24 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
7768 * real.h (dconst2): New variable.
7769 * emit-rtl.c (init_emit_once): Initialize dconst2.
7770 * tree.c (real_twop): New function.
7771 * cse.c (simplify_unary_operation): Fold FLOAT, FLOAT_EXTEND, and
7773 (simplify_binary_operation): Convert x*2 to x+x.
7774 (cse_insn): Handle case where constant equivalent is in table.
7775 Fix minor bug with merging src_related_elt.
7776 * fold-const.c (fold): If commutative operation, move a constant
7777 first operand to the second operand.
7778 Remove tests of constants as first operand for commutative operations.
7781 Fri Feb 8 03:07:34 1991 Ken Raeburn (raeburn at watch.com)
7783 * cplus-ptree.c (print_lang_decl): Corrected argument list. Print
7784 address of template info for TEMPLATE_DECL nodes.
7786 * cplus-decl.c (set_current_level_tags_transparency): New
7787 function, for altering tag-transparency of a context.
7789 * cplus-parse.y (PRE_PARSED_METHOD_DEF): Was unused; now gone.
7790 (template_instantiation): Handle $-references correctly. Generate
7791 a class_head-like value for LC actions to operate on.
7792 (maybe_base_class_list): New non-terminal: colon and base class
7794 (named_class_head): Use it.
7795 (unnamed_class_head): Use '{', not LC.
7796 (class_head): If template_instantiation found, use its value.
7797 (template_arg): Apply groktypename to typename args.
7799 * cplus-template.c (template_text_obstack): Deleted, just use
7800 permanent_obstack instead.
7801 (init_template): Deleted; callers changed.
7802 (current_template_info): New variable: pointer to last-saved
7803 template info record.
7804 (end_template_decl): Use DECL_NAME, DECL_ARGUMENTS,
7805 DECL_LANG_SPECIFIC, rather than TREE_OPERANDs. Save most of
7807 (reinit_parse_for_template): Only save text here, in
7808 already-allocated template info record.
7809 (mangle_class_name_for_template): New function.
7810 (instantiate_template): Finally written.
7812 Thu Feb 7 22:06:56 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7814 * tm-i386v4.h (ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON): Specify rounding in the output.
7815 (ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL): Use .local and .comm.
7817 * tm-news.h (FUNCTION_PROLOGUE): Correct syntax of link insn.
7818 (PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS): Use period, not colon, before index reg width.
7820 * stmt.c (pushcase, pushcase_range):
7821 Don't warn for code before first `case' if there is a label on it.
7823 Thu Feb 7 06:23:10 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
7825 * integrate.c (initialize_for_inline): Accept COPY argument.
7826 Only copy parameter DECL_RTL if COPY non-zero; in that case,
7827 also replace DECL_RTL with copy. All callers changed.
7828 (copy_decl_rtls): New function.
7829 (save_for_inline_copying): Use copy_decl_rtls to copy MEM DECL_RTLs
7831 Copy address of pseudos if they are a MEM.
7833 Wed Feb 6 19:19:25 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7835 * c-typeck.c (build_binary_op_nodefault): No warn for RSHIFT by 0.
7837 Wed Feb 6 17:37:23 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
7839 * function.c (fixup_var_refs_1): Accept a location in rtx instead
7841 Unless -fforce-mem, if an insn is valid with MEM, leave it alone.
7842 Rework ZERO_ and SIGN_EXTRACT cases to properly do adjustments
7843 and generalize to support other than QImode MEMs.
7844 (fixup_var_refs_insns): Change call to fixup_var_refs_1.
7846 Wed Feb 6 08:14:21 1991 Tom Wood (wood at dg-rtp.dg.com)
7848 * m88k.md (cmp): Use reg_or_0_operand to avoid swapped compares.
7849 (call patterns): Put use of r1 in a parallel construct.
7850 (multiply and divide by a power of two): Now just multiply. The
7851 new combiner will change divide by a power of two into multiply.
7852 (movhi, movqi): Use zero-extend load.
7853 * tm-m88k.h (BYTE_LOADS_ZERO_EXTEND): Use it.
7854 (H constraint): Changed to mean one or two.
7855 * out-m88k.c: Use the proper includes for non-USG systems.
7856 * xm-m88k.h: Include tm.h at the end.
7858 Wed Feb 6 02:24:38 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
7860 * cplus-decl.c (pushtag): Don't try to nest classes from non-C++
7863 Wed Feb 6 01:33:16 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7865 * cse.c (simplify_binary_operation): Don't change div into mult.
7867 Tue Feb 5 10:59:53 1991 Ken Raeburn (raeburn at watch.com)
7869 * cplus-parse.y (template_instantiation): Supply base class list
7870 and use guts of class declaration. Untested; will have to be
7871 fixed up to deal with template context manipulations.
7873 Tue Feb 5 00:52:57 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7875 * c-common.c (combine_strings): Finish fixing wide strings.
7877 * reload1.c (possible_group_p): New subroutine.
7878 (reload): Don't kill last group when looking for a non-group.
7880 * expmed.c (expand_divmod): If emit cmp insn, force op0 into reg.
7882 * objc-parse.y (init_lex, yylex): max_wide now measured in chars.
7883 (yylex): Treat \r as whitespace if traditional.
7885 * toplev.c (compile_file): Add missing arg for dbxout_finish.
7887 * objc-actions.c (lang_finish): New dummy function.
7889 * calls.c (expand_call): Recognize other names for setjmp-like fns.
7891 * gcc.c (main): Use obstack_init, not gcc_obstack_init.
7893 * varasm.c (assemble_zeros): New function.
7894 All calls to ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP elsewhere now use this function.
7895 Handle ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT.
7896 * toplev.c (compile_file): Use assemble_zeros.
7897 * final.c (end_final): Likewise.
7898 * tm-3b1.h, tm-att386.h, tm-mot3300.h (ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT):
7900 * tm-3b1.h (ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP): Don't deal with outputting zeros.
7902 Mon Feb 4 20:37:33 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7904 * m68k.md: Use %$ and %& where appropriate.
7905 (special float_truncate pattern): New, for 68040.
7906 (68881 DF multiply recognizers): Avoid fscale if 68040.
7907 (68881 SF multiply recognizers): Avoid fsglmul if 68040.
7909 * tm-next.h (SECTION_FUNCTION): Simplify; remove last arg.
7910 (EXTRA_SECTION_FUNCTIONS): Rewrite to go with that change.
7912 Mon Feb 4 18:22:54 1991 Richard Kenner (kenner at vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
7914 * reorg.c (link_cc0_isns): New function.
7915 (fill_simple_delay_slots, fill_slots_from_thread): Call it.
7916 (fill_slots_from_thread): Don't make REG_CC_STATUS notes.
7917 (delete_scheduled_jump): Use REG_CC_SETTER instead of REG_CC_STATUS.
7918 Correctly locate compare insn in CC0 case.
7919 (steal_delay_list_from_target): Don't steal an insn that sets cc0;
7920 we can't safely copy it.
7921 (fill_slots_from_thread): Can't put insn that sets CC0 in delay slot
7922 if we don't own its thread; this would otherwise require copying it.
7923 (relax_delay_slots): Don't collapse jump to next insn if it has a
7924 cc0-setting insn in a delay slot.
7926 * reorg.c (update_block): Accept location to place USE marker; use if
7927 INSN is in a delay slot.
7928 (mark_target_live_regs): Handle the case where we deleted the start
7929 of the basic block that was previously used for a target.
7930 Ignore insns with INSN_FROM_TARGET_P.
7931 (optimize_skip, try_merge_delay_insns, fill_simple_delay_slots):
7932 Pass new argument to update_block.
7933 (try_merge_delay_insns, redundant_insn_p): Clear INSN_FROM_TARGET_P
7934 to show that this insn will be used in both paths of the branch.
7935 (try_merge_delay_insns): Add calls to update_block for insns deleted
7938 * reorg.c (mostly_true_jump): If no jumps between target and end of
7939 function, predict as false.
7940 If comparison == 0, predict false; != 0, predict true.
7942 * reorg.c (steal_delay_list_from_{target,fallthrough}):
7943 Ignore redundant insn even if it can't be placed in our delay slot.
7944 (fill_slots_from_thread): Likewise.
7945 Ensure we don't call redundant_insn_p on any insns that conflict
7946 with what we need and set.
7948 * reorg.c (fill_eager_delay_slots): Pick up new value of JUMP_LABEL;
7949 it may have been changed by first call to fill_slots_from_thread.
7951 * rtl.h (REG_TAIL_CALL): Deleted; never documented or used.
7952 (REG_CC_SETTER, REG_CC_USER): Replacements for REG_CC_STATUS.
7953 * rtl.c (reg_note_name): New names.
7954 * final.c (final_scan_insn): Replace REG_CC_STATUS with REG_CC_SETTER;
7956 * emit-rtl.c (next_cc0_user, prev_cc0_setter): Use REG_CC_SETTER and
7959 * cplus-cadillac.c, cplus-class.c, cplus-decl.c, cplus-lex.c:
7960 Replace obstack_init with gcc_obstack_init.
7961 * cplus-search.c, flow.c, gcc.c, loop.c, reload1.c: Likewise.
7962 * reorg.c, stmt.c: Likewise.
7964 * reload1.c (eliminate_regs, case ASM_OPERANDS): Fix typo when making
7967 * recog.c: Now includes insn-flags.h and insn-codes.h.
7968 (validate_replace_rtx_1): If replacing the source of a ZERO_ or
7969 SIGN_EXTRACT with a MEM, try to put the MEM in the mode to be used for
7971 * Makefile.in (recog.o): Depends on insn-flags.h and insn-codes.h.
7973 Mon Feb 4 17:39:36 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
7975 * c-typeck.c (digest_init): Error if init array with another array.
7977 Mon Feb 4 04:58:20 1991 Ken Raeburn (raeburn at watch.com)
7979 * cplus-tree.def (TEMPLATE_DECL): New node type.
7980 (TEMPLATE_PARM_IDX): New node type; like integer, with an extra
7983 * cplus-method.c (check_text_len): Fix up error message to be more
7984 correct. Moved function before new_text_len so that the latter
7985 can call it and inlining can work.
7986 (new_text_len): Call check_text_len.
7988 * cplus-method.c (build_overload_name): No longer static.
7990 * cplus-class.c (unuse_fields): Now static.
7991 (popclass): Use a temporary when building C_C_D.
7993 * cplus-decl.c (lookup_tag): Don't complain about type mismatch if
7994 the tag found is for a template.
7996 * cplus-lex.c: New lookup tables, for new "template" keyword.
7997 (reinit_lang_specific): Call init_template.
7999 (file_from_saved_text): Renamed from input_from_saved_text.
8001 * cplus-lex.c (identifier_type): New function; returns primary
8002 type (IDENTIFIER, TYPENAME, PTYPENAME) indicated by token name. A
8003 PTYPENAME is returned for (TYPE_DECL (TEMPLATE_DECL ...)) nodes.
8004 (see_typename): Call it.
8006 * cplus-lex.c (yylex): In handling identifiers, use subset of
8007 TYPENAME code for PTYPENAME tokens.
8009 * cplus-template.c: New file.
8010 (begin_template_parm_list): Push new scope and switch to permanent
8012 (end_template_parm_list): Return parameter list as a tree vector.
8013 (end_template_decl): Save away new TEMPLATE_DECL node.
8014 (process_template_parm): Build up tree list of template
8016 (instantiate_template): For now, just complain.
8017 (init_template): Set up template obstack.
8018 (reinit_parse_for_template): Gobble up class definition text and
8021 * cplus-parse.y (template_header, template_parm_list): Call above
8023 (datadef): Put template declarations here, instead of in
8025 (named_class_head_sans_basetype, named_class_head,
8026 unnamed_class_head): Break up old class_head derivations.
8027 (class_head): Now any of the above, plus template types with or
8028 without instantiation.
8029 (template_type): Call instantiate_template.
8030 (template_arg_list): Build up list of args.
8032 * cplus-tree.h (lang_type): Add TEMPLATE field. Also add macro
8035 Sun Feb 3 21:16:36 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
8037 * tm-m68k.h (PRINT_OPERAND): Handle `&' and `$'.
8038 (PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID): They are valid.
8040 * out-next.c (handle_pragma): Unread the newline.
8042 * toplev.c (main): Warn if meaningless optimizations are requested.
8043 Don't enable options by default that would get warnings.
8045 * m68k.md (extend QI to HI): Typo in clr insn.
8047 * c-common.c (combine_strings): Decrement LEN properly when copying.
8048 * c-parse.y (init_lex, yylex): max_wide now measured in chars.
8050 * tree.c (gcc_obstack_init): Fix typo in forward decl.
8052 Sat Feb 2 09:24:56 1991 Michael Tiemann (tiemann at cygnus.com)
8054 * cplus-decl.c (poplevel): Change DECL_CONTEXT of decls only of
8055 their context is CURRENT_FUNCTION_DECL.
8057 Fri Feb 1 13:46:07 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.ai.mit.edu)
8059 * print-tree.c (print_node): Don't print chain for `c' and `x' nodes.
8061 * loop.c (record_excess_regs): Moved here.
8063 See file ChangeLog.2.
OSDN Git Service
